shri vile parle kelavani mandal’s shri bhagubhai...

142
- 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic Natakkar Ram Ganesh Gadkari Marg, Vile Parle (West), Mumbai – 400 056. DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Three Years Full Time) w.e.f. – July, 2016 Autonomous Course, Multi Point Entry & Credit System, Non Sandwich Pattern OBJECTIVES 1) Impart knowledge to the students in the field of Information Technology. 2) Make the students enable to pursue higher education if they wish. 3) Make the students eligible to be absorbed by industry at supervisory level. 4) Incorporate the knowledge of emerging technology as per the requirement. Vision To create a vibrant environment that nurtures logical thinking, dynamism and innovation to transform students into competent IT professionals. Mission 1. To offer high quality, up-to-date knowledge through curriculum, infrastructure and teaching learning process in IT field. 2. To equip students with latest skills in the field of technologies supplemented with Practical Oriented approach to face ever evolving challenges in IT industry. 3. To facilitate faculty members to keep pace with rapid development through training and higher education, mutually benefitting students and staff. 4. To develop healthy interaction between faculty, students and industry professionals. 5. To instil ethical values combined with winning attitude contributing to the welfare of the society while being committed to Life- long Learning. Program Educational objectives:- After successfully completing the program candidates will be PEO1. Competent graduates who can be absorbed by industry at programmer, web developer, software engineer, application developer. PEO2. Engaged in the computing profession and be utilizing need based skills to make positive impact of IT field on society. PEO3. Pursuing higher education and further professional development. PSO 1. Students gain fundamental knowledge in core areas of information technology areas like programming languages, web technology, database management system, communication system, open source technology, operating system , networking, information theory ,multimedia, e- commerce, management information system dealing with software aspects of given areas. 2. Ability to use hands on design and development experience to provide IT solutions in diversified areas beneficial to organizations.

Upload: phungdat

Post on 28-Aug-2018

239 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 1 -

Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s

Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic Natakkar Ram Ganesh Gadkari Marg,

Vile Parle (West), Mumbai – 400 056.

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Three Years Full Time) w.e.f. – July, 2016

Autonomous Course, Multi Point Entry & Credit System,

Non Sandwich Pattern

OBJECTIVES

1) Impart knowledge to the students in the field of Information Technology.

2) Make the students enable to pursue higher education if they wish.

3) Make the students eligible to be absorbed by industry at supervisory level.

4) Incorporate the knowledge of emerging technology as per the requirement.

Vision

To create a vibrant environment that nurtures logical thinking, dynamism and innovation to transform students into competent IT professionals.

Mission

1. To offer high quality, up-to-date knowledge through curriculum, infrastructure and teaching learning process in IT field.

2. To equip students with latest skills in the field of technologies supplemented with Practical Oriented approach to face ever

evolving challenges in IT industry.

3. To facilitate faculty members to keep pace with rapid development through training and higher education, mutually benefitting

students and staff.

4. To develop healthy interaction between faculty, students and industry professionals.

5. To instil ethical values combined with winning attitude contributing to the welfare of the society while being committed to Life-

long Learning.

Program Educational objectives:- After successfully completing the program candidates will be

PEO1. Competent graduates who can be absorbed by industry at programmer, web developer, software engineer, application

developer.

PEO2. Engaged in the computing profession and be utilizing need based skills to make positive impact of IT field on society.

PEO3. Pursuing higher education and further professional development.

PSO

1. Students gain fundamental knowledge in core areas of information technology areas like programming

languages, web technology, database management system, communication system, open source technology,

operating system , networking, information theory ,multimedia, e- commerce, management information system

dealing with software aspects of given areas.

2. Ability to use hands on design and development experience to provide IT solutions in diversified areas

beneficial to organizations.

Page 2: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 2 -

Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic started 3/4 Years Diploma courses and was affiliated to the Board of Technical

Examinations, Maharashtra State, in 1963. Since 1969, academic freedom was granted to the Polytechnic. Since 1978 – 79 academic

freedom was extended to all the full-time diploma courses. In 1989 –90, full autonomy was granted to all seven full time diploma

courses.

C U R R I C U L U M

As a further development to the above, the multi-point entry and credit system (MPECS) was initiated in 1981 on

progressive basis. In this scheme students can regulate their pace of studies within the rules prescribed.

From 1993-94, full academic autonomy was extended to all the courses of the Institute which includes full-time diploma,

part-time diploma, and post-diploma courses. The students have to qualify for appearing in the final examinations are conducted by

the institute and the final diploma is awarded by the institute at the convocation function.

Page 3: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 3 -

Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s

Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic Natakkar Ram Ganesh Gadkari Marg, Vile Parle (West), Mumbai – 400 056.

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The Course is Three Years Full Time Diploma in Information Technology (Un-aided) with Non-Sandwich Semester-Pattern having Multipoint Entry & Credit System. In this era of Information Technology revolution, the computer systems are playing an important role in every aspect of human life for automation, from simple office automation to decision support systems, production planning to e-commerce, communication, online education etc. To ensure effective/ proper utilization of these computer systems by the software professionals it is necessary that the electronic components of the computer system and its associated peripheral devices and network, work efficiently without breakdown. This demands technicians having good knowledge and skills of computer engineering in maintaining computer hardware easily and quickly. In addition, the continuous changing technologies in the field of Microelectronics, Communication technology and Computer Technology have created newer and changing demands for new knowledge and skills in Diploma pass-outs implying a positive attitude towards self learning and adaptability.

Therefore, this Diploma in Information Technology programme envisages in developing competent technicians with a number of professional skills who can perform their jobs in the industry or as an entrepreneur effectively and efficiently. In the industry or in small business/ educational establishments the technician with necessary skills will be able to plan, procure and install computer hardware and software, test and certify them. The programme will develop the competency required to assemble computer system, maintain the computer resources in running condition and troubleshoot and repair the computer hardware in the case of breakdown. The technicians will also be able to install and manage computer networks. As an entrepreneur he will be to manage his computer-related enterprise and market his products and services. At the same time the skills related to software that are required to manage the computer hardware and networks will also be developed. The basic competencies that are required for designing and developing software systems will also be developed in the technicians in case he wants to take it as a career.

The emphasis of the course is on Information Technology with Computer Education at a Technician Level covering Knowledge of Software: Programming Languages, System Analysis and Design, Database, Concepts of Operating Systems, Data structure, Communication related topics, Internet, Entrepreneurship, Hardware: electronic Devices, Digital Elex., robotics, Computer Peripherals at higher semesters alongwith basic Subjects – Mathematics, Physics, Communication Skill /Generic skill, basics of Engineering drawing in first and second semester. The content of syllabus is having weightage of around appx. 70% to 30% as software to hardware respectively. After Completion of Diploma, student will be able to work as:

A Database Administrator Programmer Web Application Developer Web Administrator Customer Support Mobile Application Developer

For Award of Diploma under Multipoint Entry & Credit System, the student/candidate has to earn total 180 credits including compulsory subjects out of total available 213 credits from 36 subjects. The examination pattern /scheme will be same as per the other diploma examination of this institute. The Final Award of Grade will be given on the basis of marks obtained in the final year of Information Technology i.e. (3rd year)Vth & VIth Semester under grade point average scheme/criteria/norms as laid down in the MPE&C System.

Full Time Diploma in Information Technology Course is approved by All India Council For Technical Education (AICTE) vide file no. 418/EX/GEN/2002 and by Department of Higher and Technical Education, Government of Maharashtra vide G.R.No.PTI 202/K(182/02)/TE-2 dated 15th July,2002.

The Course is approved by AICTE vide their reference each F.No. 740-89-007/E/RC/95/TME-1963 dated:13/08/2004. The approval of equivalence to Diploma is granted by Maharashtra State Board of Technical Education vide their Certificate No. MSBTE/ D-53/ SBMP EQU/2004/5989 dated: 30/07/2004.

Page 4: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 4 -

DISCIPLINE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

SR. No.

SUBJECT NAME/ SUBJECT CODE

Pre-requisite Subject Code

Gr SCHEME L/P/Cr

L P D T Cr Hrs Mks SSL @

PAPER **

TW @

PR **OR **TOTAL

1Basics of Computer System (168901) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 -- -- -- -- 50

50 ** -- 100 C* 246

2 Engg. Mathematics (168902) -- 3 -- -- 1 4 3 100 30 70 25 -- -- 125 B* 314

3Electronic Devices and Circuits (168908) -- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25

50 ** 175 C* 426

4 Programming in C (168909) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 2550 ** -- 175 C* 246

5 Communication Skill (168910) -- 3 -- -- 1 4 3 100 30 70 25 -- -- 125 B* 314

6 Engineering Graphics (168911) -- 2 2 -- -- 4 -- -- -- -- 50 -- 50 **

100 C* 224

TOTAL 16 12 -- 2 30 120 280 200 150 50 800

TOTAL PERIODS= 30 400 TOTAL MARKS 800

No.of papers = 4

Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal's

SHRI BHAGUBHAI MAFATLAL POLYTECHNIC

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

SEMESTER: I

w.e.f. Batch admitted in June, 2016 (progressively)

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND PERIODS PER WEEK

THEORY PAPER

DURATION AND MARKS

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

* Compulsory, # Award Winning. ** Assessed by Internal and External Examiners Jointly, @ Assessed by Internal Examiner onlyL- Lecture Period, P- Practical Period, D-Drawing Practice Period, T- Tutorial, Cr-Credit, SSL-Sessional, TW- Term WorkPR-Practical, OR-OralGR- Group, B-Basic, C-Core, A-Application, M-Management

Page 5: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 5 -

w .e. f. Batch admitted in June 2016

(T.W. = 50 Marks, Pr. = 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week, Practical 4/week, Credit: 6) Basics of Computer Systems (168901)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: I

Subject: Basics of Computer Systems Code: 168901

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions

and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed

Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m w

ork

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Basics of Computer Systems 2 4 -- -- -- -- 50 50 -- 100 C* 168901 246

Objectives:

This subject envisages making the students know the fundamentals of computer systems and its organisation. It will enable the students to comprehend the organisation and working of various units of personal computer system for storing and processing information. It will also help the students to have hands on experience of operating systems and different application software used for office automation, day to day problems sharing in particular for creating business documents, data analysis graphical representations and business presentations. It also deals with basics of Internet technology available services internet connectivity and accessing information on internet. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to:

1. Identify the hardware configuration and application/ system software. 2. Use Computers and internetworking in their related field to increase the productivity. 3. Classify Desk top and mobile Operating system and security issues. 4. Prepare report, presentations by processing and analysing the data and store the data. 5. Demonstrate the use of internet, email etiquettes and internet ethics

Theory Contents: 1. Fundamentals of Computer concepts: (Periods-8 hrs)

1.1. Computer specifications PC, Pentium, net book, notebook, Hand held devices (palmtops, ipads, tablets, mobiles) and its applications,

1.2. General architecture of computers; Computer peripherals ( I/O Device ), 1.3. Storage DEVICES- Hard disks, USB drives, CD, DVD, External storage devices 1.4. Printers- Inkjet, Deskjet, Laser, 3D printers, Wi-Fi Printers and output peripherals. Scanners, Web Camera 1.5. General computer terms, computer software, system software, applications software and advantages of software and

application packages.

2. Introduction to Operating Systems: (Periods-2 hrs) 2.1. Concepts, structure, functions. 2.2. Different types of O.S. – Desktop, mobile O.S. 2.3. Basic techniques required to operate a desktop/ mobile devices 2.4. Various functions in Windows.

3. Introduction to Computer Network (Periods-6 hrs)

3.1. Fundamentals of Network system- Wired & Wi-fi network. 3.2. Network Goals, Devices, Topologies, Cables and connectors, Addressing. 3.3. Desktop updates and viruses. 3.4. Awareness of security policies in handheld devices.

4. Introduction to MS-Office

4.1. Introduction to WORD package (Periods-3 hrs) 4.1.1. Starting Word Document ; Typing and Editing text, Copying and Moving, Typing Special Characters ( Symbols );

Page 6: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 6 -

4.1.2. Some common features : Changing the case of text, Moving & copying text with drag and drop, Justifying text, inserting bulleted & numbered lists ,

4.1.3. Arranging and moving between open documents; Finding and replacing, 4.1.4. Formatting ; Using the spell checker , Checking grammar, mail merging

4.2. Concepts of POWER POINT (Periods-3 hrs) 4.2.1. How to make an effective presentation, Physical aspects of presentation ; A Presentation Graphics package 4.2.2. Creating a presentation : creating a Title slide, Creating a Graph, Creating Tables, Make Organization Chart, To Save

and close presentation; 4.2.3. Working with Tools: Create , Edit, Move, Delete , Resize , Format text object, 4.2.4. Working with Graphics tools; Slide show

4.3. Fundamentals of EXCEL (Periods-4 hrs) 4.3.1. Starting EXCEL: What is a spreadsheet, creating & editing spreadsheet, modifying the sheet. 4.3.2. Study of Toolbars, Formula bar and Status bar. 4.3.3. Inserting Header and footer, cells, rows, columns, worksheet, formatting individual cells row, column, sheet,

manipulating Data by using Sort. 4.3.4. Saving and Retrieving saved worksheet.

5. Introduction to INTERNET: (Periods-6 hrs)

5.1. Concept- INTERNET, intranet, client-server architecture. 5.2. Application of INTERNET: E-mail, online shopping, reservations, e-commerce 5.3. Introduction to accessing GPS, Google Map. 5.4. Study of INTERNET Browsers, Creating mailing account, Surfing using WORLD WIDE WEB information relating to

employment, education, alumni, social networking. 5.5. Internet ethics and rules- Ethics for everyone and acceptance, sensitivity to national & local cultures, hide personal

information, ethical rules for computer users, cyber laws Total Theory Hrs.= 32 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 32 hrs.

List of practical: 1) Study of Computer hardware and peripherals 2) Study of Networking Topologies and commands ipconfig, ping, netconfig etc. 3) Getting started with Windows by using different menus and working with dialogue box 4) Working of Control panel, Screen saver and Help commands using Windows 5) i) Using tool bar menus like Standard , Formatting , Tables and Borders ii) Creating, Editing and Saving a document , Table using Word package

iii) Creating Document with Table, editing using special characters & saving. iv) Creating multiple documents/letters/envelopes using mail-merge.

6) Performing functions spell check, find, replace, go to, page setup, print preview and print commands. 7) i) Creating a new presentation and getting acquainted with various menus like FILE, EDIT, VIEW, INSERT, FORMAT, TOOLS, SLIDESHOW ii) Choosing Auto Layout and working with tools and to prepare a slide show with custom animation iii)To Perform special effects, clipart, charts using one slide show demonstration 8) i) Creating Spread Sheet for various combinations of computational tables, various types of charts. ii) Using various functions, formulas, preparing spreadsheets using pivot table iii) Working with macros. 9) Creating an internet account, Internet terms, study of mailing, Software to send & receive mail. 10) Use of Internet explorer package, search Engine & retrieve education related information from TCP/IP account and downloading procedure IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

• Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and • Conducting practicals on various packages ,Power Point, MS-word ,Excel sheets • Assignment to practice at home. • Hands on practice in Lab with atleast 02 problem definition on each package.

Reference Books: 1. Computer and Common sense by Hunt & Shelly. 2. Computer Fundamentals by V. Rajaraman ( Prentice hall) 3. PC Guide for Windows (ITC Publication/Galgotia publication) 4. Learning Word 6.0 for Windows step-by-step, Galgotia.

Additional References: 1. Mastering MS Office (BPP Publication) 2. Data Communications and Distributed Networks, U.D. Black, Prentice-Hall Web References:

1. www.mocrosoft.com 2. www.cisco.com 3. http://infosecawareness.in/parents/internet-ethics-and-rules 4. http://www.cyberlawsindia.net/

Page 7: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 7 -

w. e. f. Batch admitted in June, 2016

(One Paper- 3 Hrs. Theory = 100 Marks, ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS (168902)

Lectures: 3/Week; Tutorial: 1/Week, Credit: 4) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: I

Subject: Engg. Mathematics Code: 168902

Group: B*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of

Instructions and

Periods per

week

No. of

Papers,

duration

&

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group

Detailed

Syllabus

Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lect

ure

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

w

ork

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Engg. Mathematics

3 -- 1 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 -- -- 125 B* 168902 314

Objective: This subject intends to teach student basic facts, concepts, principle and procedure of Mathematics as a tool analyse Engineering problems and as such down foundation for the understanding of engineering and core technology subject.

1. Understand basic facts of mathematics in the field of analysis – algebra, trigonometry, co-ordinate geometry, graph, functions etc.

2. Understand basic concepts about scientific phenomena in the field of mathematics. 3. Understand the basic techniques in mathematical process: solving algebraic equations, synthesis and analysis of

trigonometric equations, graphical solutions, and problems on functions. 4. Understand importance of above knowledge in the context of core technology and technology area.

Course Outcomes:

1. Apply the logarithm, and partial fractions in various engineering topics. 2. Solve problems on Trigonometry using the identities and concept of compound angles, allied angles, multiple angles 3. Evaluate problems on functions and limits of various types. 4. Analyse suitable methods to solve derivatives and its application in the field of engineering

Theory Contents:

1. Logarithms (Periods-02 hrs, Mks-12) 1.1. Definition of Logarithm (Natural & Common Logarithm) 1.2. Laws of Logarithm

2. Partial Fractions (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-12)

2.1. Non repeated linear factors 2.2. Repeated linear factors 2.3. Irreducible non repeated quadratic factors

3. Trigonometry (Periods-14 hrs, Mks-14) 3.1. Trigonometric ratios 3.2. Fundamentals identities 3.3. Trigonometric ratios of compound, allied multiple angles 3.4. Factorization and defactorization 3.5. Inverse trigonometric ratios

4. Functions (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-10) Value of function and type of function

Page 8: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 8 -

5. Limits (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-16) 5.1. Algebraic limits 5.2. Method of factorization, rationalisation 5.3. Infinity type 5.4. Limits based on formula 5.5. Trigonometric limits

6. Derivatives (Periods-14 hrs, Mks-22) 6.1. Derivatives – basic formulas, rules

6.1.1. Derivatives for exponential, logarithmic, implicit, inverse, parametric, composite functions. 6.1.2. Derivative of one function with respect to other 6.1.3. Double derivative

7. Application of Derivative (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-12)

7.1. Slope of tangent and normal 7.2. Equation of tangent and normal 7.3. Maxima & minima

Sr. Main Topics No. of Contact

Hrs. Marks

Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. Logarithms 02 12 08 E 2. Partial Fractions 04 12 08 E 3. Trigonometry 14 14 26 M 4. Functions 04 10 08 D 5. Limits 06 16 12 E 6. Derivatives 14 22 30 M 7. Application of Derivative 04 12 08 D

------------- --------- ---------------- -----------

Total 48 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Logarithms 2. Partial Fractions 3. Trigonometry 4. Functions Section II 5. Limits 6. Derivatives 7. Application of Derivative Total Theory Hours = 48 hrs. IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING)

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan 2. Conducting tutorials by giving more problems to solve.

Reference Books:

(1) Mathematics for polytechnic students, by S.P. Deshpande. (2) Engg. Mathematics-I by G.V. Kumbhojkar

Additional References: (1) Engg. Mathematics (1 st year), by Patel Rawal.

Web References:

1. www.mic-mathematics.com 2. www.math.com 3. www.lenerstv.com 4. www.onlinetutorials.com 5. www.archieves.math.utk.edu

Page 9: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 9 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 10: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 10 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper –3 Hrs, Theory=100 Marks, T.W. = 25 Marks, Pr. = 50 Marks, Lecture 4/Week, Practical 2/Week, Credit: 6) ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS (168908)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: I

Subject: Electronic Devices & Circuit Code: 168908

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed

Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. O

r D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Electronic Devices & Circuit 4 2 - 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 168908 426

Objectives: Students come across many electronics devices in day to day life. This subject provides essential competency in understanding the electronics circuits. This introduces various electronic devices & their applications.

1) Identity the different Components & classify them. 2) Identity different Devices char, working. 3) Appreciate use of different Transistors, amplifier, oscillators. 4) Design simple circuits using above comp.

Course Outcomes: The combination of lecture and laboratory sessions provides learning opportunities that will enable students to:

1. Explain the concepts of semiconductor physics for intrinsic, extrinsic materials and graph V.I characteristics of general purpose Diode & Special diodes.

2. Describe the working principles of Rectifiers, Filters,Multivibrators,Schmitt trigger and sketch waveforms using CRO. 3. Discuss operating principles, configurations, V.I charateristics, biasing of Transistor. 4. Explain the concepts of amplifier and photoelectric devices.

Theory Contents:

1. Semiconductors (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-08) 1.1. Conductor, Insulator, Semiconductor, 1.2. Intrinsic (Si, Ge) and Extrinsic semiconductors (P type. N type), 1.3. Doping, Energy level diagram, Energy Band diagram, 1.4. Electrons and holes in an intrinsic semiconductor, 1.5. Donor and acceptor impurities, 1.6. Diffusion, depletion, effect of temperature on intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors.

2. Semiconductor diode characteristics (Periods-8hrs, Mks-12) 2.1. P.N. junction as a diode, 2.2. barrier potential, depletion region, 2.3. P-N junction biasing, forward and reverse bias, 2.4. Current components in a P.N. diode, V.I. characteristics, knee voltage, reverse breakdown voltage and its temperature

dependence, 2.5. Zener diode , V-I characteristics, Zener diode as a voltage regulator 3. Rectifiers (Periods-10hrs,Mks-14) 3.1. Need of Rectification, 3.2. Types of rectifiers: Half Wave Rectifier, Full Wave Rectifier (Centre Tap and Bridge) with waveforms, 3.3. Comparison of Rectifiers (efficiency, ripple factor, TU.F. Ratio of rectification, PIV) 3.4. Filters: L.filter, C.filter, L.C. and π. filter, their ripple factor. Comparison of filters

Page 11: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 11 -

3.5. Problem based on above topic. 4. Bipolar junction Transistor (Periods-12 hrs, Mks-16) 4.1. The junction transistor, 4.2. Types of transistor: NPN, PNP junction transistors ,Symbols, 4.3. Operating principle, transistors current components, 4.4. Transistor configurations Common Emitter (CE) , Common Base (CB) , Common Collector (CC) , 4.5. Input and output characteristics, Graphical analysis of the C.E. configuration, Analysis of Active, cut-off and saturation

regions, 4.6. current gain α & β, and relation between α and β, 4.7. operating point (Q point), DC-load line ,Need of biasing ,voltage divider biasing

5. Single stage and Multi stage Amplifiers (Periods-8 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1. Transistor as an amplifier, Single stage C.E. amplifier and its frequency response, 5.2. Functions of each component of CE Amplifier circuit, 5.3. Effect of coupling and emitter bypass capacitors, 5.4. Need of Multistage amplifier, types of coupling, direct coupled, R.C. coupled, transformer coupled and their frequency

response, effect of cascading on B.W. and gain (Av).

6. Multivibrators (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-12) 6.1. Switching action of transistor 6.2. Principle of working of multivibrator, 6.3. Types of Multivibrators, Astable, Monostable, Bistable, working circuits 6.4. Schmitt trigger, Applications of Schmitt Trigger, 6.5. Monostable, astable and Bistable MVs.

7. Photoelectric Devices (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-12) 7.1. Photoelectric effects, construction and char. of Photodiode, Phototransistor, Phototube, Multiplier Phototube, LED, LCD,

Optocoupler 7.2. Photovoltaic cell and their applications,

8. Power Amplifier (Periods-8 hrs, Mks-12) 8.1. Difference between voltage amplifier, Power Amplifier, performance qualities of power amplifier, 8.2. Class A Transformer coupled power amplifier, Heat sink ,Thermal runaway 8.3. Class A, B, AB operation, Class B Push pull and complementary symmetry amplifier

Sr. Main Topics No. of Contact Hrs.

Marks

Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. Semiconductors 6 08 9% E 2. Semiconductor diode characteristics 8 12 12% M 3. Rectifiers 10 14 14% E 4. Bipolar junction Transistor 12 16 15% M 5. Single stage and Multi stage Amplifiers 8 14 15% E 6. Multivibrators 8 12 13% E 7. Photoelectric Devices 6 12 10% E 8. Power Amplifier 8 12 12% E

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 64 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Semiconductors 2. Semiconductor diode characteristics 3. Special purpose diodes 4. Rectifiers Section II 5 Clipping and clamping 6. Bipolar junction Transistor 7. Transistor biasing and thermal stabilizations 8. Single and Multistage amplifiers

Total Theory Hrs. = 64 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 32 hrs.

Page 12: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 12 -

List of Practicals 1. Measuring different waveforms voltages and frequency using CRO. 2. Introduction to Multimeter, Power Supply and function Generator and their use to measure Voltages, Current and generation

of Test Signals. 3. Diode (Ge, Si) characteristics. 4. Zener diode characteristics. 5. To observe H.W.R. /F.W.R. waveforms with/without filter. 6. To observe load and line regulation of zener voltage regulator. 7. I/P and O/P characteristics if C.E. configurations 8. To draw different biasing circuits and compare their performance w.r.t. temperature variations. 9. To draw the frequency response of single stage C.E. amplifier. 10. To draw the frequency response of two stage R.C. coupled amplifier. 11. To draw step response of C.E. Amplifier 12. Diode clipping circuits. 13. Diode clamping circuits.

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

• Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and conduction tutorials. • Theory topics and practice experiments should be done simultaneously. This will help the students to understand the topics. • Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding.

Reference Books

1. Integrated electronics by Millman and Halkias 2. Electronic devices and circuits by Millman and Halkias 3. Microelectronics by Jacob Millman 4. Electronics devices and circuits theory by Robert Boylestad.

Additional References: 1. Electronic devices and circuits by Allen Mottershed 2. Basic electronics and linear circuits by Bhargava 3. Electronics-I by R. G. Karandikar. 4. Basic Electronics by V.K.Mehta

Web References:

• www.hep.fsu.edu • www.falstad.com\circuits • www.acsu.buualo.edu

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 13: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 13 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June’ 16

(T.W. = 25 Marks, Pr. = 50 Marks, Lecture2/week, Practical 4/week, Credit: 6) Programming in C (168909)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: I

Subject: Programming in C Code: 168909

Group: C*

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group

Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Programming in C 2 4 - 1, 3 Hrs , 100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 168909 246

Objective: Concept of programming large programs are probably the most complicated entities ever created by humans because of this complexity, programs are prone to error and software errors can be expensive and even life-threatening object-oriented programming offers a new and powerful way to cope with this complexity. Its goal is clearer, more reliable, more easily maintained programs. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to:

1. Compare various types of programming languages and describe C fundamentals 2. Develop programming logic, debug various programs and error handling using C programming features 3. Describe the use of functions 4. Apply the concept of branching using loops and control structure 5. Build C programs using concept of pointers 6. Explain user defined data types and apply them in problem statements

Section I

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction to Programming (Periods-1 hrs, Mks-08)

1.1. Algorithms, Flowchart, 1.2. Programming Languages, Types of Languages Character

2. C Fundamentals (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-10)

2.1. Character Sets, Keywords, 2.2. Identifiers, Constants, Declaration, Storage classes

3. Operators & Expressions (Periods-3 hrs, Mks-10)

3.1. Arithmetic Operators, 3.2. Unary operator, 3.3. Assignment operators, 3.4. Conditional Operator

4. Data Input / Output (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-12)

4.1. Data types: int, char, float, array and string and its basic operations, 4.2. Library I/O Functions

5. Control Structure (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-10)

5.1. Branching statement if, nested if, if-else, switch-case 5.2. Looping constructs for, while, do-while, go to 5.3. Comma operator

Section II

Page 14: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 14 -

6. Arrays and strings (Periods-8 hrs, Mks-15) 6.1 Introduction 6.2 One dimensional arrays 6.3 Two dimensional arrays, Use in matrix computations. 6.4 Introduction to character arrays 6.5 String handling functions

7. Function (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-15) 7.1. Defining a function, Accessing a function, 7.2. Argument passing: call by value and call by reference, recursion

8. Pointers (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-10)

8.1. Pointer Declarations, passing pointer to function, 8.2. Dynamic memory allocation, operations on pointers. 8.3. Array of pointers.

9. Structure & Union (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-10)

9.1. Defining a structure, Processing a structure 9.2. User defined types Structure and pointers, 9.3. Passing structure to function.

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction to Programming 2. C Fundamentals 3 Operators& Expressions 4. Data Input / Output 5. Control Structure (if, while, for) Section II 6. Arrays and strings 7. Function 8. Pointers 9. Structure & Union Total Theory Hrs. = 32 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 64 hrs. List of Practical

1. To implement printf and scanf functions for user input -output . 2. To implement the working of identifier , constant and variables. 3. To implement the working of arithmetic operators 4. To implement the working of relational & logical operators 5. To implement the concept of Increment/ Decrement operator & conditional operators 6. To implement Implicit & Explicit type casting 7. To implement library I/O functions. 8. To implement the concept of if, if... else, conditional statements(two problems each) 9. To implement the concept of nested if, & else if... ladder conditional statements(two problems each) 10. To implement the concept of switch...case statement(two problems each) 11. To implement the concept of goto, break & continue statement. 12. To implement the concept of Loops i.e. while, for & do-while(two problems each) 13. To implement the concept of one dimensional arrays(two problems each) 14. To implement the concept of two dimensional arrays(two problems each) 15. To implement the concept of string & it’s various operations 16. To implement the concept of user defined functions

A) No arguments no return

Sr. Main Topics

No. of Contact Hrs.

Marks

Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. Introduction to Programming 01 08 04 E 2. C Fundamentals 02 10 06 E 3. Operators & Expressions 03 10 12 D 4. Data Input / Output 03 12 12 D 5. Control Structure 04 10 16 M 6. Arrays and strings 07 15 15 M 7. Function 04 15 15 E 8. Pointers 04 10 12 D 9. Structure & Union 04 10 08 M

------------- --------- ---------------- -----------

Total 32 100 100% #

Page 15: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 15 -

b) Arguments no return c) Arguments with return d) No arguments with return e) Return with multiple values

17. To implement the concept of user defined functions with recursion 18. To implement the concept of nesting of functions . 19. To implement the concept of structures i.e. Arrays within structure & Arrays of structures 20. To implement the concept of pointers 21. Mini project using all C concepts.

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

• Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and conduction tutorials. • Home assignment to practice at home • Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding.

Reference Books: 1. Programming with C By – Byron Gottfried 2. C Programming By - Bala Guru Swami Web References:

1. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/ 2. http://www.cs.cf.ac.uk/Dave/C/CE.html 3. http://www.technoexam.com/ 4. http://www.thestudymaterial.com/c-c-programs.html

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 16: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 16 -

w.e. f. batch admitted in June ‘16 Communication Skill (168910)

(One Paper-03 Hrs, Theory=100 Marks, TW=25Marks, Lectures 3 & 1 Tutorial/ Week, Credit-4) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: I

Subject: Communication Skill Code: 168910

Group: B*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Communication Skill 3 -- 1 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 -- -- 125 B* 168910 314

Objectives: The communicative competence in English is the pre-requisite for the employment market at national and international level today. However, the utility to communicate effectively does not come easily to many people. No matter how brilliant and invaluable your idea is, it is worthless until shared orally or in written manner. Here arises the need to learn communication skills which will enable the students to enhance their comprehension, writing and oral skills in English. Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the process of communication. 2. Learn the various grammatical structures which will enhance their oral and written communication.. 3. Will be proficient in all four language skills (LSRW) Listening, speaking, reading, writing 4. Acquire proficiency in spoken English by using language lab. 5. Communicate effectively in writing and verbal forms 6. Appropriately use communication technology and media

Theory Contents: 1. Basics of Communication (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-06)

1.1. Nature & Definition of communication skills 1.2. Process/ cycle of communication. 1.3. Characteristics of communication 1.4. Objectives of communication

2. Methods of communication (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-08) 2.1. Verbal & Non-verbal 2.2. Formal and Informal 2.3. Oral & written Communication 2.4. Advantages & disadvantages of Oral and written communication

3. Language Grammar (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-10) 3.1. Tense & its Types 3.2. Parts of speech 3.3. Degree and Its types 3.4. Use of model Auxiliary 3.5. Basic sentence types 3.6. Clause & its Types

Page 17: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 17 -

4. Vocabulary Building (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-08) 4.1. Word Formation Processes

Affixation: prefix, Suffix, clipping, Backformation shortforms, Acronyms etc 4.2. Technical jargons 4.3. Nouns ending with –tion, -er, -logy, -ee, -aire, -metry, -ity 4.4. Errors arising out of wrong use of words

5. Phonetics & Spoken English (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-06) 5.1. Language Skills: Listening & Speaking 5.2. English sound system (RP), Vowels & Diphthongs (RP), Consonants (RP) 5.3. Word Accent, stress a Rhythm and Intonation

6. Networks of Communication In Organization (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-06) 6.1. Importance communication in Organization 6.2. Horizontal communication 6.3. Vertical- downward & upward 6.4. Grapevine communication 6.5. Diagonal Communication

7. Non- Verbal Methods of Communication (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-06) 7.1. Body language and its aspects 7.2. Paralinguistic, use Colour, sign symbols for communication 7.3. Non verbal Codes: Haptics, Chronemics, Proxemics, Artifacts etc.

8. Barriers to communication (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-08) 8.1. Definition of Barrier 8.2. Types of barriers of communication

Mechanical, Psychological, Linguistic, socio-cultural & Environmental etc. 8.3. Elimination / Removal of barrier

9. Communication: Media & Technology (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-08) 9.1. Advanced Means Coomunication 9.2. Facsimile (FAX), Internet, E-mail 9.3. Videoconferencing 9.4. Netiquettes

10. Letter writing (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-12) 10.1. Importance of business communication 10.2. 7 Cs of Good writing 10.3. Layouts: Block, semi-block, Complete Block 10.4. Letter of Enquiry, Complaint, Order, letter to editor

11. Reading comprehension (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-08) 11.1. Reading Unseen passages for comprehension

12. Report Writing (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-12) 12.1. Definition of Report 12.2. Formats of reports 12.3. Types of Report: Accident, Committee, Investigation etc.

13. Paragraph writing (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-08) 13.1. Development of Paragraph on Given topic

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Basics of Communication 02 06 6% E 2. Methods of communication 04 08 8% E 3. Language Grammar 06 10 8% E 4. Vocabulary Building 02 08 8% E 5. Phonetics & Spoken English 04 06 6% E 6. Networks of Communication in organization 04 06 6% E 7. Non- verbal methods of communication 02 08 8% E

Page 18: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 18 -

8. Barriers to communication 02 08 6% M 9. Communication: Media & Technology 04 08 8% M 10. Letter Writing 06 12 10% M 11. Reading Comprehension 02 08 10% M 12. Report Writing 06 12 10% M 13. Paragraph writing 04 08 6% E

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 48 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Basics of Communication 2. Methods of communication 3. Language Grammar 4. Vocabulary Building 5. Phonetics & Spoken English 6. Networks of Communication in organization 7. Non- verbal methods of communication

Section II 8. Barriers to communication 9. Communication: Media & Technology 10. Letter Writing 11. Reading Comprehension 12. Report Writing 13. Paragraph writing

Total Contact Hrs. = 48 List of Assignments 1. Explain the process of communication with the help of diagram. Give some real life examples, functioning in the similar way. 2. Explain the four types of sentences, Give at least two examples of each. 3. List down the relationship between the clause and sentence, give an example of it. 4. Find out any twenty difficult words from the English newspaper and understand their meaning by using dictionary and use it in your own sentences. 5. Listen and repeat the teacher’s (or recorded) pronunciation of the given group of words (#) 6. Define syllable, vowel and consonant form RP; give at least five examples of each. 7. Listen the recorded CD’s on particular topic, and try to imitate the pronunciation by following intonation and rhythm. (#) 8. Read the given passage and record it in your own voice the check the correctness of pronunciation. (#) 9. Listen and mark the primary, secondary accent for following words. (#) 10. Write the phonetic transcription of given words by using dictionary. (#) 11. List down the points related to non verbal communication to be remembered while walking for an interview, and on the stage. 12. Collect the resume of an eminent personality (like scientist, social worker, industrialist or renown politician) an prepare a speech introducing him / her. 13. Explain the Various formats of letter writing and give an examples of each. 14. Develop the paragraph on the given topic. Note: 1. Each student has to attempt any ten assignments. 2. # marked are compulsory assignments to be conducted in Language Lab. Implementation Strategy (Planning)

1. conducting lectures as per teaching plan/ scheme 2. Conducting Tutorials 3. guidelines for explaining the techniques of essay/dialogue writing 4. Grammar items are covered along with the units of lessons 5. Home assignments & class room participation

Page 19: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 19 -

Reference Books:

1. Human Communication, Burqoon, Michael : London Sage Publications 1994 2. A Communicative Grammar of English, Geoffrey Leeech and Jan Svartvik : Essex, Longman Group Ltd., 1975, rpt.,

E.L.B.S., 2 nd edition, 1994. 3. University grammar of English, Randolf Quirk and Sidney Greenbaum : Essex, Longman Group Ltd. 1973., rpt., E.L.B.S.,

1993 4. Collins Cobuild English Grammar Ed. John Sinclair, London, William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd., 1990; rpt., Indus, 1991. 5. Technical Writing and Professional Communications, Thomas Huckin and Leslie Olson : New York; McGraw-Hill, 1991 6. Excellence in Business Communication John Thill and Courtland Boves : New York; McGraw-Hill, 1991 7. Business Communication, Lesikar & Petic, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publication New Delhi, 1995 8. Communication Skills for Technical Students, Orient Longman New Delhi

Additional References:

1. Spoken English for India, R.K. Bansal and J.B. Harrison: New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1972 2. Better English Pronunciation, J.D. O’Connor: London; Cambridge University Press, 1967; rpt. E.L.B.S., 1970. 3. Developing Communication skills, Krishna Mohan and Meera Banerji : New Delhi; Macmillan 4. Data Book: Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English: Essex, Longman Group Ltd., 1989

rpt.,Orient Longman, 1994.

5. Codes of Practice: IS: 790 – 1887 – Guidelines for Preliminary pages of a Book Web References:

1. http://www.directionservice.org/cadre/section4.cfm 2. http://www.skillsyouneed.com/general/communication-skills.html 3. http://www.helpguide.org/mental/effective_communication_skills.htm 4. http://science.uniserve.edu.au/projects/skills/jantrial/communication/communication.htm

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 20: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 20 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(T.W. = 50 Marks, Oral =50Mks Lecture: 2/Week, Pract. : 2/Week, Credit: 4) ENGINEERING GRAPHICS (168911)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: I

Subject: Engineering Graphics Code: 168911

Group: C*

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed

Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Engineering

Graphics 2 2 -- -- -- -- 50 -- 50 100 C* 168911 224

OBJECTIVES: Engineering Graphics is the language of engineers. The concepts of Engineering Graphics are used to develop, express the ideas, and conveying the instructions which are used to carry out jobs in the field Engineering. The course illustrates the techniques of graphics in actual practice. This preliminary course aims at building a foundation for the further course in drawing and other allied subjects. COURSE OUTCOMES: The student should be able to: -

1) Use different AutoCAD commands for drawing. 2) Construct engineering scales, curves and Locii of points. 3) Draw orthographic projection and isometric projection of given engineering components. 4) Draw various types of planes.

Theory Contents: 1. Drawing Instruments and their uses (Periods 06)

1.1. Letters and numbers (single stroke vertical), 1.2. Convention of lines and their applications, 1.3. Scale (reduced, enlarged & full size) plain scale and diagonal scale, Sheet layout, 1.4. Introduction to CAD (Basic draw and modify Command), Geometrical constructions.

2. Engineering curves & Loci of Points. (Periods 10)

2.1. To draw an ellipse by: Directrix and focus method, Arcs of circle method, Concentric circles method, 2.2. To draw a parabola by: Directrix and focus method, Rectangle method, 2.3. To draw a hyperbola by: Directrix and focus method, passing through given points with reference to asymptotes, Transverse

Axis and focus method, 2.4. To draw involutes of circle & polygon (up to hexagon), 2.5. To draw a cycloid, epicycloids, hypocycloid, 2.6. To draw Helix & spiral, 2.7. Loci of Points:Loci of points with given conditions and examples related to simple mechanisms.

3. Orthographic projections (Periods 06)

3.1. Introduction to Orthographic projections, 3.2. Conversion of pictorial view into Orthographic Views (First Angle Projection Method Only), 3.3. Dimensioning technique as per SP-46

4. Isometric projection (Periods 04)

4.1. Isometric scale, Conversion of orthographic views into isometric View/projection (Simple objects)

Page 21: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 21 -

4.2. Projection of Straight Lines and Planes (First Angle Projection Method only).

5. Planes (Periods 06) 5.1. Lines inclined to one reference plane only and limited to both ends in one quadrant, 5.2. Projection of simple planes of circular, square, rectangular, rhombus, pentagonal, and hexagonal, inclined to one reference

plane and perpendicular to the other. Section I 1. Drawing Instruments and their uses 2. Engineering curves & Loci of Points. Section II 3. Orthographic projections 4. Isometric projection 5. Planes Total Theory Hours =: 32 hrs. Total Practical Hours = 32 hrs List of Practicals 1. Introduction to graphics Draw Rectangle, Circle, Pentagon, Hexagon, one figure containing circle tangent, arc and dimensioning using CAD with given dimensions 2. Engineering curves & Loci of points i) Three different curves are to be draw using any one method. ii) Draw locus of point on any one mechanism 3. Orthographic projections

i. Two objects by first angle projection method ii. Redraw the same sheet using CAD

4. Isometric projection i. Two objects one by true scale and another by isometric scale (simple objects).

ii. Redraw the same sheet using CAD 5. Projections of line and planes. Two problems on Projection of lines and two problems on Projection of Planes. 6. To draw layout of visited Industry, College using CAD 7. To draw orthographic projection of given machine element using CAD IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

• Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and conduction tutorials. • Home assignment to practice at home • Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding. • Term Work Plan for practical giving problems to draw in the class. • Use of PowerPoint presentation during theory class.

Reference Books 1. N. D. Bhatt- Engineering Drawing- Charotar Publishing House 2. K. Venugopal- Engineering Drawing and Graphics+ AutoCAD- New Age Publication 3. Auto Cad User Guide

Additional References: P.J. Shah.- Engineering Drawing Web References:

1. http://www.me.umn.edu/courses/me2011/handouts/drawing/blanco-tutorial.html 2. http://www2.ivcc.edu/perez/what_what_is_an_engineering_draw.htm

Page 22: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 22 -

DISCIPLINE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

SR. No.

SUBJECT NAME/ SUBJECT CODE

Pre-requisite Subject Code

Gr SCHEME L/P/Cr

L P D T Cr Hrs Mks SSL @

PAPER **

TW @

PR ** OR ** TOTAL

1 Applied Physics (168903) -- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 50 ** -- 175 B* 426

2Development of Life Skill (168904) -- 2 -- -- 1 3 -- -- -- -- 50 --

50 ** 100 B* 213

3 Web Programming (168905) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 50 50 ** -- 200 C* 246

4 Environmental Studies (168906) -- 2 0 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- 50 -- -- 50 B* 202

5 Applied Mathematics (168907) -- 3 -- -- 1 4 3 100 30 70 25 -- -- 125 B* 314

6 Digital Electronics (168912) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 325

7 Programming in C++ (168914) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 50 50 ** -- 200 C* 246

TOTAL 18 12 -- 2 32 150 350 275 200 50 1025

32 500 TOTAL MARKS= 1025

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND

PERIODS PER WEEK

THEORY PAPER DURATION AND

MARKS

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal'sSHRI BHAGUBHAI MAFATLAL POLYTECHNIC

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

w.e.f. Batch admitted in June, 2016 (progressively)SEMESTER: II

No.of papers= 5

* Compulsory, # Award Winning. ** Assessed by Internal and External Examiners Jointly, @ Assessed by Internal Examiner onlyL- Lecture Period, P- Practical Period, D-Drawing Practice Period, T- Tutorial, Cr-Credit, SSL-Sessional, TW- Term WorkPR-Practical, OR-OralGR- Group, B-Basic, C-Core, A-Application, M-Management

TOTAL PERIODS=

Page 23: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 23 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper-3 Hrs, Theory 100 Marks. Pract.– 50 Marks, T.W.=25Marks, Week ,Lecture : 4/Week, Pract.:2 /Week, Credit:6) APPLIED PHYSICS (168903)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: II

Subject: Physics Code: 168903

Group: B*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Applied Physics 4 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 B* 168903 426

Objectives: To develop the basic concepts, facts, principles of scientific phenomena in the field of Physics and material properties and Applications. Also it will help to develop the laboratory skill. Course Outcomes: Students will be able to:

1. State the laws related to viscosity, heat, light, sound, electrostatics and electricity. 2. Explain relationship and effects between parameters of heat. 3. Demonstrate the concept of elasticity using young’s model. 4. List the properties of light, sound and heat. 5. Apply the concepts of light in optical fibre. 6. Understand the basic concepts of Nano Technology, X-rays.

Theory Contents:

1. GENERAL PHYSICS (Periods-10hrs. Mks-12) 1.1. Elastic limit, Hooke’s law. 1.2. Types of deformation, definitions of Bulk, Rigidity and Young’s modules, 1.3. Determination of “Y” by Searle”s method, behaviour of a wire under continuously increasing stress, yield point, Breaking

stress, 1.4. Factor of safety Definition and explanation of viscosity, co-efficient of viscosity, determination of viscosity by Poiseuilles

method (Derivation of formula not necessary), 1.5. Stokes’ law (derivation not necessary) viscosity of a liquid by Stokes’ law, 1.6. application of viscosity, critical velocity, Reynolds’ number

2. HEAT (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-14)

2.1. Statement of Boyle’s Law, Charle’s Law, Gay Lussac’s Law, 2.2. concept of absolute zero. Kelvin scale of temparature general gas equation, gas constant, 2.3. Universal gas constant definitions of specific heat of gas at constant, pressure and at constant volume. 2.4. Relation between Cp & Cv, ratio of Cp and Cv, adiabatic and isothermal expansion of gases, isothermal and Adiabatic

elasticity of gases. 2.5. Conduction along a bar, steady state of temparature. Coefficient of expansion

3. Properties of light and Fiber Optics (Periods-08hrs.,Mks-14)

3.1. Reflection, refraction, snell’s law, physical significance of refractive index definition of dispersion, 3.2. polarization and diffraction of light along with ray diagram, principle of superposition of waves, interference of light,

constructive and destructive interference. 3.3. Total internal reflection ; wave guide for light, Optical fibre- Step index, Graded index ; Applications.

Page 24: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 24 -

4. SOUND (Periods-08hrs.,Mks-10) 4.1. Sound as a longitudinal wave, equation of a progressive wave, Newton’s formula for velocity of sound, 4.2. Laplace’s correction, effect of temperature, pressure and humidity on velocity of sound, resonance tube, application in brief. 4.3. Echo, Reverberation, Sabine’s formula (derivation not necessary), factors affecting reverberation time, acoustical planning

of a building. 4.4. Ultrasonic waves & their application

5. ELECTROSTATICS (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-16)

5.1. Coulomb’s inverse square law, unit charge electric field, intensity of electric field, 5.2. definition and properties of electric lines of force, electric flux, electric flux density relation between flux density and

intensity, electric flux due to a given charge. 5.3. Electric potential, potential difference, difference absolute potential at a point. 5.4. Capacitance principle of capacitor, capacitors in series and parallel.

6. Photo electricity (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-14)

6.1. Concept of photon, Plank’s hypothesis, properties of photon, photo electric effect, Characteristics of photoelectric effect, work function, 6.2. Einstein’s photoelectric equation( no derivation), 6.3. photoelectric cell-construction ,working and applications. (Numericals on Energy of photon, work function)

7. X rays (Periods-6 hrs. Mks-08)

X-rays Coolidge tube, continuous x-ray spectrum, minimum wavelength, use of x-rays.

8. Nano Technology (Periods-6 hrs. Mks-12) 8.1. Definitions of nanoscale, nanometer, nano particle. 8.2. Concept of manipulating matter on an atomic and molecular scale and of new new materials with dimensions on the

nanoscale applications (electronics, automobile, medical, environmental, space and defence, etc

Sr. Main Topics No. of Contact Hrs. Marks

Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. GENERAL PHYSICS 10 12 10 M 2. HEAT 08 14 14 E 3. Properties of light 08 14 14 E 4. SOUND 08 10 12 D 5. ELECTROSTATICS 08 16 14 E 6. Photo electricity 10 14 14 M 7. X rays 06 08 10 D 8. Nano Technology 06 12 12 E

------------- --------- ---------------- -----------

Total 64 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. GENERAL PHYSICS 2. Heat 3. Properties of Light 4. Sound Section II 5. Electrostatics 6. Photo electricity 7. X-rays 8. Nano Technology Total Theory Hrs. = 64 Hrs., Total practical hours = 32 hrs. List of Practicals:

1. Know your Physics Lab 2. Use of Vernier Callipers and Micrometer screw gaug 3. Verification of Boyle’s Law. 4. Determination of Young’s Modulus by Searle’s method. 5. Determination of coefficient of viscosity by Poiseuille’s method. 6. Determination of coefficient of viscosity by Stokes’ method.

Page 25: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 25 -

7. Determination of coefficient of thermal conductivity of a good conductor by Searle’s method. 8. Refractive index of material of the prism by using spectrometer. 9. Determination of Refractive index of prism by minimum deviation – Pin method. 10. Determination of Velocity of sound by Resonance Tube. 11. Determination of elastic constants by Searle’s method 12. Determination of coefficient of thermal conductivity of a poor conductor by Lee’s method 13. Determination of ratio of specific heats Cp/Cv of a gas

(Minimum 10 experiments to be completed for the term grant) IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

1. Conducting Theory Lectures as per Teaching/ Lesson Plan 2. Practical – Scheme of marking for T/W; Scheme of assessment for Practical Exam.

Reference Books: 1. Applied Physics for Polytechnic by B.G. Dhande. 2. Applied Physics by B.G. Bhandarkar. 3. Engineering Physics by R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta Dhanpat Rai Publication Additional References:

1. Applied Physics by Umrani, Joshi and Deshpande. 2. Physics-I by V. Rajendran Tata McGraw- Hill raw- Hill,publication, New Delhi

Web References:

1. www.physicsclassroom.com 2. http://physics.about.com

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 26: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 26 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(Lecture 2 & 1 Tutorial/ Week, TW=50 Marks, Or =50 Marks, Credit-3) DEVELOPMENT OF LIFE SKILLS (168904)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: II

Subject: Development of Life Skills Code: 168904

Group: B*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers,

duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

wor

k

Prac

tical

Ora

l

Tota

l

Development of Life Skills 2 -- 1 -- -- -- 50 -- 50 100 B* 168940 213 Objectives:

Human resource is the most important resource. Until this resource is motivated and utilized to the maximum, organizational effectiveness cannot be achieved. There is need to help students in the overall growth of personality and train them in organizational requirements their workplace. Students coming from various rural and cultural backgrounds face variety of complexities to faction globally, as they lack in interpersonal skills, self motivations, leadership and business ethics. Thus learning basic life skills, self-motivations, leadership, conflict Management Negotiation and Decision making will imbibe social adaptability and human sensibility as an integral part of their mind set. Course Outcomes: The Student will be able to:

1. Learn various life skills to increase his/her efficiency and utility at workplace. 2. Learn to perform the given task with innovative ideas. 3. Learn to express his/ her view and experiences on various topics. 4. Learn to make maximum use of time for more creative and constructive work. 5. Learn how to cope with stress of study and work. 6. Prioritize and manage resources effectively (time, money, etc.)

Theory Contents: 1. AREA OF SELF DEVELOPMENT (Periods-02 hrs.) 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Areas of self development, 1.3 Self Analysis 2. TIME MANAGEMENT (Periods-02 hrs.) 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Time planning, how to plan time 2.3 Time wasters , Time Management 2.4 The Matrix etc. 3. STRESS MANAGEMENT (Periods-02 hrs.) 3.1 Definition of stress 3.2 Types of personality and stress,

3.4 Stress busters 3.5 Psychological reaction to stress 3.6 Yoga and stress control

4. EMOTION (Periods-03hrs.) 4.1 Emotional Maturity 4.2 Emotional Stability and Emotional Intelligence 4.3 How to control emotions

Page 27: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 27 -

5. FRUSTRATION (Periods- 02hrs.)

5.1 Definition of frustration 5.2 Anatomy of frustration 5.3 Causes of frustration 5.4 Effects of frustration 5.5 Handling of frustration

6. MOTIVATION (Periods- 02hrs.)

6.1 Introduction to Motivation 6.2 Self Motivation 6.3 Attitude and Aptitude etc.

7. INTERPERSONAL SKILLS (Periods-03 hrs.) 7.1 Interpersonal Relations 7.2 Factors of Attractions 7.3 Personal effectiveness, Assertiveness/ Non-assertiveness 7.4 empathy

8. CONFLICT MANAGEMENT (Periods-02 hrs.)

8.1 Definition of Conflict 8.2 Sources of Conflict 8.3 Types of Conflict 8.4 Conflict Resolution 8.5 Steps in Conflict resolution

9. SWOT ANALYSIS (Periods-02 hrs.) 9.1 Concept of SWOT 9.2 Scope of SWOT 9.3 SWOT as decision making tool 9.4 How to go about SWOT

10. ETHICS (Periods-02 hrs.) 10.1 What are ethics? 10.2 values and value formation 10.3Moral development 10.4Decision making

11. GROUP DISCUSSION & INTERVIEW TECHNIQUES (Periods-04 hrs.)

11.1 Importance of Objective GD 11.2 Procedure for GD 11.3 Evaluation criteria for GD 11.4 Types of Interviews 11.5 Preparation for Interview 11.6 Some DO’s and DON’T’s for interview 11.7 FAQ on interview

12. STUDY HABITS (Periods-02 hrs.) 12.1 Establishment of good study habits 12.2 Efficient use of Time 12.3 Prioritize the work 12.4 power of concentration 12.5 setting comfortable place for study 12.6 visiting library 12.7 staying alert 12.8 Review of Class notes 12.9 Study can be funny

13. WORKING IN TEAM (Periods-02 hrs.) 13.1 Definition of Team 13.2 Importance and necessity in working team 13.3 Team Dynamics 13.4 Transforming Group into Teams

14. TASK MANAGEMENT (Periods-02 hrs.) 14.1 Definition of Task 14.2 Task Characteristic 14.3 Task sponsor and Task stake holder

Page 28: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 28 -

14.4 Planning the Task 14.5 Task Evaluation

Total Theory Hours: 32 Hrs. List of Assignments:

1. Indentify your areas of self development and plan strategies to improve it. 2. Enlist your time- wasters. And write down how you use your time on any average day, and see how you can improve time

utility. 3. Expose yourself to situations that irritate and make you angry. Enlist the thing you will do remain calm. 4. Look back in your life and list five occasions, when you were frustrated, Recall the strategies you used to overcome that

frustration. 5. What are the things that motivate you (Friendliness, Warmth, Honesty, Appreciation ) and Things that De motivate you

(rejection, Criticisms, Fear of Failure, insult) 6. Enlist the ten various sources of interpersonal conflicts, and Methods to resolve it. 7. Listen to lecturer on particular topic and take down notes and check how good you were in capturing the structure, hierarchy

of concepts and essence of speech. 8. What are the things you would do, if you have only one week to live? 9. Make a general purpose SWOT analysis to discover your strength and learning areas and on the basis of that decide a carrier. 10. Identify some negative attitudes you have and find solution for replacing it 11. Identify your values and prepare a code of ethics for yourself.

(Note: Teacher will do the necessary changes in the assignments as per requirement)

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): 1. Conducting Theory Lectures as per Teaching plan / Scheme 2. Assignments as per requirement of theory contents 3. Seminars/ Presentations on some certain topics as per requirement

Reference Books:

1) Organizational Behavior By Fred Luthans 2) Basic managerial skill For all By E.H. Megrath 3) Managing Time First By Dr. R. L. Bhatia 4) Development of Generic Skill – I & Development of Generic Skill – II By K. Sudesh 5) How to motivate people By Patrick Forthsayth

Web References:

1. http://wikieducator.org/Life_Skills_Development, 2. http://www.essentiallifeskills.net/, 3. http://www.thechangeagency.org, 4. http://www.time-management-solutions.com/, 5. http://www.unicef.org/lifeskills/

Page 29: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 29 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(T.W. = 50 Marks, Pr. = 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week, Practical 4/week, Credit: 6) WEB PROGRAMMING (168905)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: II

Subject: Web Programming Code: 168905

Group: C*

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed

Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Web Programming 2 4 -- 1, 3hrs, 100 Mks. 30 70 50 50 -- 200 C* 168905 246

Objective: The internet based applications are used in various sectors such ticket booking, banking, government agencies etc. This subject gives introduction to client severs programming. It also gives students the practical exposure to widely used web technologies to write web pages.

The Student will be able to:

Course Outcomes:

1. Describe various terminologies of Internet. 2. Design Simple web pages using HTML 3. Arrange information using tables, collect information from users using forms & present information using frames. 4. Develop style sheets to gain full control of formatting within web pages. 5. Construct web pages using JavaScript 6. Integrate multimedia to JavaScript.

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction to Web Programming (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-14)

1.1. Use of Internet, Terminologies used in internet, 1.2. Web client-sever computing, Client-Server Architecture, various types of server, Types of server, server side coding, client

side coding, 1.3. Introduction to Markup languages and Scripting languages, Search Engine

2. HTML (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-12)

2.1. Introduction to HTML, Components of HTML: Tags – closed tags and open tags, Attributes, Elements, 2.2. Structure Tags: !DOCTYPE, HTML, HEAD, TITLE, BODY tags. 2.3. Block Level Elements: Headings, Paragraphs, Breaks, Divisions, Centered Text, Block Quotes, reformatted text, Address. 2.4. Text Level Elements: Bold, Italic, Teletype, Underline, Strikethrough, Superscript, subscript, Horizontal Rules, special

characters 2.5. Adding comments,The Meta tag. Creating Lists, Ordered Lists, Unordered Lists, Definition Lists, Nested Lists 2.6. Linking HTML Documents URL: Types of URLs, Absolute URLs, Relative URLs, 2.7. The Anchor Tag,Linking : To document in the same folder, To document in the different folder, To document on the web,

To specific section within the document

3. IMAGES, COLORS AND BACKGROUNDS (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-12) 3.1. Images Image formats : gif, jpeg, png, The inline image : an IMG tag, alternate text, image alignment, buffer space –

HSPACE, VSPACE, wrapping text, height and width of images, Image as a link, 3.2. Image maps : Server side image maps, Client side image maps, 3.3. Colors and Backgrounds, The text color : color attribute of FONT tag, text attribute of BODY tag, Background color :

bgcolor attribute of BODY tag, 3.4. Background images : background attribute of BODY tag, Changing link colors : link, alink, vlink attributes of BODY tag

Page 30: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 30 -

4. TABLES, FRAMES AND FORMS (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-20) 4.1. Tables, Creating basic tables : TABLE, TR, TH, TD tags., Formatting tables: border, cellspacing, cellpadding, width, align,

bgcolor attributes, Adding captions : CAPTION tag. , 4.2. Formatting contents in the table cells : align, valign, bgcolor, height, width, nowrap attributes, Spanning rows and coloums :

rowspan and colspan attributes. 4.3. Frames: Introduction to frames: What is frame?, Advantages and disadvantages of using frames. Creating frames:

FRAMESET tag – rows, cols attributes, FRAME tag –name, frameborder, marginheight, marginwidth, src, resize, scrolling, attributes. Use of NOFRAMES tags Frame targeting.

4.4. Forms creating basic form: FORM tag, action and method attributes. Form fields: Single line text field, password field, multiple line text area, radio buttons, check boxes, Pull down menus: SELECT and OPTION tags.Buttons: submit, reset and generalized buttons. Formatting technique: Using table to layout form.

5. STYLE SHEETS (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-12) 5.1. Adding style to the document: Linking to style sheets, Embedding style sheets, Using inline style. 5.2. Selectors: CLASS rules, ID rules. 5.3. Style sheet properties: font, text, box, color and background properties.

6. INTRODUCTION TO JAVASCRIPT (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-18)

6.1. Embedding JavaScript in HTML document, Variables, Constants, Adding comments, 6.2. Operators: Assignment, Arithmetic and Comparison operators, 6.3. Control structures and looping: if, if..else, for, for..in, while, do..while, break andcontinue.Event handlers: onClick,

onMouseOver, onMouseOut, onSubmit, onReset,onFocus, onBlur, onSelect.

7. ANIMATION (Periods-2 hrs, Mks-12) 7.1. Creating a gif animation using gif animator, Controlling gif animation through internal setting of gif animator, 7.2. Creating banner using gif animation, creating smooth transition between gif animation frames using twinning.

Sr. Main Topics No. of Contact

Hrs. Marks

Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. Introduction to Web Programming 05 14 15 M 2. HTML 05 12 10 E 3. Images, Colors And Backgrounds 05 12 10 D 4. Tables, Frames And Forms 05 20 20 M 5. STYLE SHEETS 05 12 10 E 6. Introduction to JAVASCRIPT 05 18 20 E 7. Animation 02 12 15 D

------------- --------- ---------------- -----------

Total 32 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction to Web Programming 2. HTML 3. Images, Colors and Backgrounds 4. Tables, Frames and Forms (Table, Frames) Section II 4. Tables, Frames and Forms (Forms) 5. Style Sheets 6. Introduction to Javascript 7. Animation Total Theory Hrs. = 48 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 32 hrs.

List of practical:

1. To study important concepts of Internet 2. To create web page to implement block level tags 3. To create webpage to implement text level tags (part 1) 4. To create webpage to implement text level tags (part 2) 5. To study how to link documents 6. To write an HTML code to create tables 7. To create HTML frames and apply various formatting tags 8. To create web page to display background colour & image 9. To study basic concept of JavaScript 10. To study internal and external style sheet

Mini Project: Design a website using all topics mentioned in syllabus.

Page 31: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 31 -

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): • Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and conduction tutorials. • Home assignment to practice at home • Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding.

Reference Books:

1. Thomas Powell HTML and XHTML – 2. The complete reference Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Jamsa, King, Anderson HTML and Web Design – 4. Tips and Techniques Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

Web References:

1. http://www.vogella.com/ 2. www.w3schools.com/

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 32: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 32 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

Environmental Studies (168906)

1. SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course : Information Technology Semester : II Duration : 16 Weeks Subject : Environmental Studies Code : 168906 Group : Basic Compulsory

2. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME:

Scheme of Instructions & Periods per Week

No. of Papers, Duration & Marks Scheme of Examination Scheme

L/Pr/Cr.

L P D T Cr NP Hrs Mks SSL Theory Paper @T/W Pract. Oral Total

2 -- -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- 50 -- -- 50 2/0/2 3. OBJECTIVES: 1. To impart knowledge about renewable and non-renewable natural resources. 2. To understand and appreciate the concept of ecosystems, biodiversity and conservation. 3. To increase the awareness regarding environmental pollution, climate change, water conservation and environmental

legislations. 4. COURSE OUTCOMES: After the successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

• Identify and classify different natural resources and use them prudently. • Recognize and categorize the different ecosystems. • Discuss and estimate the importance of biodiversity and its conservation. • Judge the type of pollution, identify the pollutants and propose and design methods to reduce the same. • Use the information regarding environmental legislation to improve upon their surroundings for the betterment of the

community.

5. DETAILED CONTENTS:

Chapter

SECTION-I

Content Marks Hours 1. 1.0 The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies:

1.1 Definition, scope and importance 1.2 Need for public awareness

2. 2.0 Natural Resources: 2.1) Renewable and non-renewable resources: Natural resources and associated problems Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation,. Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forest and tribal people. Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems. Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources. Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity. Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced

Page 33: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 33 -

landslides, soil erosion and desertification. 2.2) Energy Crisis: Energy resources : Renewable Energy Resources – Biogas, Solar energy, Wind energy, Energy from falling water, Energy from wastes and tidal energy. Non-Renewable Energy Resources – Coal, Oil, Natural gas Issue of economic viability and ability to meet demands. Inequitable use of energy in urban and rural areas.

3. 3.0 Ecosystems : 3.1 Concept of ecosystem. 3.2 Major ecosystems in the world

Chapter

SECTION-II Content Marks Hours

4. 4.0 Biodiversity and its conservation:

4.1 Concepts 4.2 Threats to biodiversity 4.3 Value and conservation of biodiversity

5. 5.0 Environmental Pollution: 5.1 Definition Cause, effects and control measures of a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Noise pollution e. Nuclear hazards f. Mobile Hazards - Mobile phone radiation and health 5.2 Types of wastes – generation, characteristics, treatment and disposal of: a. Solid waste b. e- waste c. Biomedical waste

6. 6.0 Social Issues and the Environment : 6.1 From Unsustainable to Sustainable development 6.2 Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management 6.3 Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions like Carbon

Credit. 6.4 Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion,

nuclear accidents and holocaust. 6.5 Environment legislations-

a. Legal aspects related to environment b. Brief description of various acts involving air, water and forests. c. ISO-14000 d. Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation

Total

Practice Hours

Marks

=

Hours

5A. PRACTICE: Term work: • Visit to a local area to document environmental assets river/ forest/ grassland/ hill/ mountain • Visit to a local polluted site- Urban/ Rural/ Industrial/ Agricultural • Study of common plants, insects, birds. • Study of simple ecosystems- pond, river, hill slopes, etc. • Group discussions, film shows, debates, case studies, expert lectures on the different topics of the curriculum.

Page 34: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 34 -

6. IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): • Theory topics and practice experiments should be done simultaneously. This will help the students to understand the topics.

7. REFERENCE:

Sr. No.

Author Title Publishers & Address

1. Erach Bharucha Text book of Environmental studies UGC Press 2. Rajagopalan Environmental studies Oxford University Press 3. Anandita Basak Environmental studies 4. D.D. Mishra Fundamental concepts in Environmental studies S. Chand & Co. Ltd. 5. Jain and Jain Role of Tech. in Environment and Health

6. Concept of Green buildings, Indoor air pollution, carbon credit.

Page 35: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 35 -

w. e. f. Batch admitted in June, 2016

(One Paper- 3 Hrs. Theory =100, Lectures: 3/Week; Tutorial: 1/Week, Credit: 4) APPLIED MATHEMATICS (168907)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: II

Subject: Applied Mathematics Code: 168907

Group: B*

Teaching And Examination Scheme :

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Applied Mathematics 3 -- 1 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 -- -- 125 B* 168907 314

Objective: This subject intends to teach student basic facts, concepts, principle and procedure of Mathematics as a tool analyse Engineering problems and as such down foundation for the understanding of engineering and core technology subject.

1. Understand basic facts of mathematics in the field of analysis – algebra, trigonometry, co-ordinate geometry, graph, functions etc.

2. Understand basic concepts about scientific phenomena in the field of mathematics. 3. Understand the basic techniques in mathematical process: solving algebraic equations, synthesis and analysis of

trigonometric equations, graphical solutions, and problems on functions. 4. Understand importance of above knowledge in the context of core technology and technology area.

Course Outcomes:

1. Construct the equation of a straight line and circle in various form. 2. Solve Determinant and matrix based problems 3. Integrate various expressions using concepts of inverse differentiation, partial function, method of substitution 4. Apply the concept of vector to solve problems of work done and force and various operation on Complex numbers.

Theory Contents: 1. Co-ordinate Geometry (Periods-12 hrs, Mks-30)

1.3. Point a Distance 1.3.1. Distance formula, section formula 1.3.2. Mid-point and centroid of triangle 1.3.3. Condition of collinearity 1.3.4. Area of triangle and quadrilateral

1.4. Straight line 1.4.1. Slope and intercept of line 1.4.2. Equation of straight line 1.4.3. Angle between two straight lines 1.4.4. Perpendicular distance

1.5. Circle 1.5.1. Equation of circle 1.5.2. In standard form 1.5.3. Centre radius form 1.5.4. Diameter form 1.5.5. Two intersects form

2. Determinants and Matrices (Periods-12 hrs, Mks-20) 2.1. Expansion of determinants 2.2. Cramer’s rule for 2 and 3 unknowns 2.3. Algebra of matrices- equality, addition, subtraction, multiplication 2.4. Adjoint and transpose of matrix

Page 36: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 36 -

2.5. Inverse of matrix 2.6. Solution of simultaneous equation using matrix method

3. Integration (Periods-14 hrs, Mks-20) 3.1. Basic formulas 3.2. Using LIATE rule 3.3. Partial fraction, trigonometric, substitution method 3.4. Finding last term and solve 3.5. Definite Integrals 3.6. Properties of definite integrals 3.7. Application of definite integration- Area under the curve

4. Complex Number (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-15)

4.1. Definition 4.2. Simple rules: addition, subtraction, multiplication, divison 4.3. De-Movire’s theorem (without proof) 4.4. Roots of complex number 4.5. Evler’s Formula

5. Vectors (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-15)

5.1. Definition Algebra of vectors 5.2. Vector product 5.3. Scalar product 5.4. Work done and moment of force 5.5. Application of vector

Sr. Main Topics No. of Contact

Hrs. Marks

Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. Co-ordinate Geometry 12 30 30 E 2. Determinants and Matrices 12 20 20 M 3. Integration 14 20 25 M 4. Complex Number 06 15 15 E 5. Vectors 04 15 10 D

------------- --------- ---------------- -----------

Total 48 100 100% # Section I 1. Co-ordinate Geometry 2. Determinants and Matrices Section II 3. Integration 4. Complex Number 5. Vectors Total Theory Hours = 48 hrs. IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING)

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan 2. Conducting tutorials by giving more problems to solve.

Reference Books:

(1) Mathematics for polytechnic students, by S.P. Deshpande. (2) Engg. Mathematics-I by G.V. Kumbhojkar

Additional References: (1) Engg. Mathematics (1 st year), by Patel Rawal.

Web References:

1. www.mic-mathematics.com 2. www.math.com 3. www.lenerstv.com 4. www.onlinetutorials.com 5. www.archieves.math.utk.edu

Page 37: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 37 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 38: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 38 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper- 3 Hrs, Theory Marks: 100, Lect. = 3 hrs/Week, Pract=2/Week, Credit: 5, Pract. Marks: 50, TW=25marks) DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (168912)

SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: II

Subject: Digital Electronics Code: 168912

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Digital Electronics 3 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs., 100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 168912 325

Objectives

This subject will help the students to learn facts, Concepts, principals and procedures of digital electronics. These techniques can be used for designing sequential and combinational circuits which forms the basis of any electronic device. It will help you to understand common forms of number representation in digital electronic circuits and convert between different representations. Also enables you to understand the logical operation of simple arithmetic and other MSI circuits (Medium Scale Integrated Circuits). This will impart to you the concepts of sequential circuits enabling you to analyse sequential systems in terms of state machines.

Outcomes: The Students will be able to:

1. Recognize different types of number systems and basic laws and rules of Boolean algebra 2. Describe the operation of Basic gates, universal gates, and general purpose gates. 3. Realization of truth tables for msi circuits 4. Design sequential and combinational techniques using state tables and state diagrams 5. Describe the major characteristics of and differences among TTL, ECL, MOS, and CMOS logic families and types of

memories. 6. Understand the concept of Timer 555.

Theory Contents: 1. Number systems and Code (Period-8 Hrs,Mks-08)

1.1. Introduction to number systems, 1.2. Binary No. Systems, binary arithmetic (addition, subtraction, multiplication, division) 1.3. Octal No. System, Hexadecimal System, 1’s complement & 2’s complement method of subtraction signed number 1.4. Codes: Excess – 3 and grey code. Alphanumeric Codes: Extended BCD Interchange code (EBC-DIC), ASCII code, 12 bit

Hollerith Code, Error Detection Codes: Parity, 7 – bit hamming code. 2. Combinational Logic Design (Period-7 Hrs,Mks-14)

2.1. Boolean Algebra – Concept of AND OR. NOT operators. Evaluation of logic expression, 2.2. Basic laws of simplification Demorgan’s theorems. 2.3. Mean terms & max term representatives of logical functions K-map representations of logical functions and minimisation

using K-map. 2.4. Don’t care conditions, Examples, Binary half & full adder, substractor, BCD to 7 segment decoder, 2.5. Binary to Grey & Grey to Binary code converter.

3. Logic Families (Period-6 Hrs,Mks-14) 3.1. TTL, ECL, ITL MOS, CMOS, etc., 3.2. Review or logic analysis of basic circuits in these families, open collector and tri state logic, Input & O/P parameters. 3.3. Noise margin, Fan-out and Fan-in, speed, power deviation

4. MSI Circuits (Period-7 Hrs,Mks-14)

Page 39: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 39 -

4.1. Multiplexers and their use in combinational logic design, cascading of demultiplexers, 4.2. Introduction to general purpose 74 series Multiplexers IC’s Demultiplexers or Decoders and their use in combinational logic

design, cascading of demultiplexers, 4.3. Binary and BCD address digital comparators. BCD to seven segment decoder/drives. Study of ALU 74181.

5. Flip-Flops (Period-6 Hrs,Mks-16) 5.1. A 1-bit memory cell, clocked SR. JK, MSJK, 5.2. D Type Flip Flop, T type Flip Flop. Applications of Flip Flop-counter, registers, memory.

6. Sequential Logic Design (Period-5 Hrs,Mks-14) 6.1. Introduction to Registers Shift registers, universal registers, 6.2. Application to registers from various shift operation, 6.3. Ring counter, Johnson counter.

7. Study of Timer (555) (Period-4 Hrs,Mks-08) 7.1. Study of timer(555) and it’s applications, 7.2. Schmitt trigger and various modes

8. Semiconductor Memories (Period-5Hrs,Mks-12) 8.1. Introduction, Memory organisation and operation, 8.2. Introduction to different types of memories as ROM, EPROM, RAM (static & dynamic)

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Number systems and Code 08 08 08 E 2. Combinational Logic Design 07 14 14 M 3. Logic Families 06 14 14 M 4. MSI Circuits 07 14 14 M 5. Flip-Flops 06 16 15 M 6. Sequential Logic Design 05 14 15 D 7. Study of Timer (555) 04 08 10 E 8. Semiconductor Memories 05 12 10 D _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 48 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Number systems and Code 2. Combinational Logic Design 3. Logic Families 4. MSI Circuits Section II 5. Flip-Flops 6. Sequential Logic Design 7. Study of Timer (555) 8. Semiconductor Memories Total Theory Hours: 48 Hrs. Total Practicals Hours: 32hrs List of practicals

1. Study of logic gates & verification of Demorgan’s Theorems. 2. Demultiplexers Decoders, multiplexer (digital) 3. Study of Astable monostable bistable Multivibrators using logic gates. 4. SR.JK, T & D flip flop in logic gates 5. Ripple counter using JK flip flops. 6. Decade counter 7490 7. Synchronous counter using JK flip flops 8. Shift register using D flip flops 9. Monoshot IC’s like 74121, 74123, 74221 10. Presentable shift right, shift left registers 11. Counter with multiplexed display example 740926, 925,927 12. Up down counter 13. Mod N Counter using JK flip flop 14. Full adder – substractors using IC 7483

Page 40: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 40 -

15. Study of BCD adder 16. Study of BCD to 7 segment decoder, BCD to decimal 17. Undirection buffer IC 74LS244, Bdirectional 74LS245 buffers. 18. Buffer latches – 74LS373, 74LS374, 8212 19. Decimal to BCD encoder 20. Analog Demultiplexer and Decoders 21. Analog to digital converter (any one type) 22. Digital to analog converter (any one type) 23. 7 to DPM. 24. Study of 8116 RAM.

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Theory Teaching Plan 2. Term Work Plan for practical giving problems to draw in the class. 3. Home assignment to practice at home

Reference books:

1. Digital Principles – Malvino & Leach 2. Digital computer fundamental – T.C. Bartee 3. Digital electronics – R.P. Jain

Additional References:

1. TTl CMOS data handbook, 2. Reference manual for application circuit.

Web References:

1. www.howstuffworks.com2.

3. www.asic-world.com/digital/tutorial.html

www.technologystudent.com/elec1/dig1.htm

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 41: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 41 -

w. e. f. Batch admitted in June, 2016

(One Paper -3Hrs., Theroy:100 Mks , Practical : 50 Mks , T.W. : 50M, Lecture : 2/Week, Practical : 4/Week, Credit :6 ) PROGRAMMING IN C++ (168914)

SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: II

Subject: Programming in C++ Code: 168914

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers,

duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lect

ure

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Programming in C++ 2 4 -- 1,3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 50 50 -- 200 C* 168914 246

Objective: This subject intends to teach the student the basic concepts of object-oriented programming (OOP). Large programs are probably the most complicated entities ever created by humans because of this complexity, programs are prone to error and software errors can be expensive and even life-threatening object-oriented programming offers a new and powerful way to coupe with this complexity. Its goal is clearer, more reliable, more easily maintained programs. This subject will act as backbone all other subjects that are based on Object Oriented concept.

Outcomes:

The Student will be able to:

1. Explain the difference between procedure oriented and object oriented approach. 2. Build Secure Programs using the concept of Data Hiding and Data Abstraction 3. Describe the concepts of Inheritance and polymorphism 4. Apply the concepts of operator and function overloading 5. Use pointers in various ways for dynamic programming 6. Prepare reusable code.

Theory Contents: 1. Principles of Object Oriented Programming (Periods-2hrs. Mks-06)

1.1. Basic concepts of OOP, Comparison of procedural programming and OOP, Advantages of OOP,OOP Languages, 1.2. Definitions, Class, objects, Concepts of inheritance and encapsulation, Operator overloading , 1.3. Dynamic binding Over view of OOP using C++, 1.4. Basic program construction: main and functions, Program statements, Class declaration , Comments , C++ compilation

2. Elements of C++ Language (Periods-3hrs. Mks-08)

2.1. Tokens and identifiers, Character set and symbols, Keywords, C++ identifiers 2.2. Variables and constants, Integers & characters, Constants and symbolic constants 2.3. Dynamic initialisation of variables, Reference variables, Enumerated variables 2.4. Data Types, Basic data types, Arrays and strings, User defined data types, 2.5. Operators, Arithmetic, relational operators and operator precedence, Logical operators, Manipulators, Type conversions and

type cast operators, 2.6. console I/O : cin, cout functions, 2.7. Control statements, The if statement I-else; else…if: 2.8. switch statements, Loops: for and While-do statements, Break, continue, go to

Page 42: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 42 -

3. Functions (Periods-4 hrs. Mks-14) 3.1. Simple functions, Declaration of functions, Calling functions, Function definition 3.2. Passing arguments and returning values, Passing constants and variables, Passing by value, 3.3. Return statement, Void functions, Passing and returning structure variables, Reference variables and arguments, 3.4. Overloaded functions, Inline functions, Default arguments, Returning by reference

4. Classes and objects (Periods-4 hrs. Mks-14)

4.1. Declaration of classes and objects in C++, Class definition, Declaration of members, 4.2. Objects as data types, Objects as function arguments, Array of objects, Returning objects form junction, Structures and

classes

5. Constructors and Destructors (Periods-4 hrs. Mks-08) 5.1. Constructors, Basic constructors, Parameterised constructors, Constructors with default arguments, 5.2. Dynamic initialisation of objects , Copy constructors, Use of copy constructor, Shallow copying and deep copying,

Dynamic constructors, Destructors, Constraints on constructors and destructors

6. Operator Overloading (Periods-3 hrs. Mks-12) 6.1. Overloading unary operators, operator keyword, Arguments and return values, Laminations of increment operators, 6.2. Overloading binary operators, Arithmetic operators, Examples: Addition of polar coordinates and concatenation of strings, 6.3. Multiple overloading, comparison operators, Arithmetic assignment operators, 6.4. Data and type conversions, Conversion between basic types, Conversion between objects and basic types, Conversion

between objects of different classes, Constraints on type conversion

7. Derived Classes and Inheritance (Periods-3 hrs. Mks-12) 7.1. Derived classes and base class, Defining a derived class, Accessing the base class members, The protected access specifier, 7.2. Derived class constructors, Overriding the member functions, Class hierarchies, Abstract base class, 7.3. Constructors and member functions, Inheritance, Public and private inheritance, 7.4. Access combinations and usage of access specifier, 7.5. Classes and structures, Multiple inheritance, Member functions in multiple inheritance , Constructors in multiple

inheritance, Ambiguity in multiple inheritance

8. Pointers (Periods-3 hrs. Mks-12) 8.1. Addresses and pointers, The address of operator & Pointer variables, 8.2. Accessing the variable pointed to, Pointer to void, 8.3. Pointers and Arrays, Pointers and functions, Passing simple variables, Passing arrays, 8.4. Pointers and strings, Pointers to string constants, strings as function arguments, 8.5. Arrays of pointers to strings Memory management using new and delete operators, Pointers to objects, Pointers to pointers

9. Virtual Functions (Periods-3 hrs. Mks-06)

9.1. Virtual functions and polymorphism, Friend functions, Static functions, 9.2. Comparison of macros and inline function 9.3. Generic classes and functions, function templates, Class templates

10. Exception Handling (Periods-3 hrs. Mks-08)

10.1. Use of exception handling, Try block, Catch handler, Throw statement, Exception specification

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Principles of Object 02 06 05 D Oriented Programming 2. Elements of C++ Language 03 08 05 E 3. Functions 04 14 15 E 4. Classes and objects 04 14 15 M 5. Constructors and Destructors 04 08 10 E 6. Operator Overloading 03 12 12 E 7. Derived Classes and Inheritance 03 12 12 M 8. Pointers 03 12 10 M 9. Virtual Functions 03 06 08 E 10. Exception Handling 03 08 08 E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 32 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Page 43: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 43 -

Section I 1. Principles of Object Oriented Programming 2. Elements of C++ Language 3. Functions 4. Classes and objects 5. Constructors and Destructors Section II 6. Operator Overloading 7. Derived Classes and Inheritance 8. Pointers 9. Virtual Functions 10. Exception Handling Total Theory Hrs. =32 hrs. Total Practical Hrs. = 64 hrs List of Practical: -

1. Objects and Classes 2. Functions: Private and Public 3. a) Overloaded functions with different number of arguments and different kind of argument.

b) Inline functions. 4. a) Constructors, Destructors

Passing objects to and returning from functions. 5. Operator Overloading

(a)Unary Operator Overloading (b)Binary Operator Overloading

6.. Inheritance (a)Derived & Base Class (b)Protected Class Specifier (c)Derived Class construction (d)Public, Private Inheritance (e)Multiple Inheritance

7. Pointers Pointers to objects, Memory Management operators.

8. Files in C++, Reading an object from & writing to Disk, File Pointers, Error handling, Command line Arguments.

9. Graphics Functions. 10. Virtual functions, friend function, static functions.

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

• Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and conduction tutorials. • Home assignment to practice at home . • Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding.

Reference Books :

1. Ronbert Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++”, Galgotia Publication, 1996 2. E.Balaguruswamy, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, Tata McGrahill 1997 3. Stnely B Lippman, “C++ Primer”, Addison Wesely, 1995 4. Stastroup, “The Elements of C++ programming”, Addison Wesley Publication 1995 5. Programming in c++ by Y.I. Shah & M.H. Thaker, AICTE / ISTE / SDC

Additional References: Anthony Rudd, “C++ Complete: A Reference and Tutorial to the proposed ANSI Standard” Wiely-QED Publication

1994. Web References:

1. www.plusplus.com 2. www.learncpp.com

Page 44: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 44 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 45: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 45 -

DISCIPLINE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

SR. No.

SUBJECT NAME/ SUBJECT CODE

Pre-requisite Subject Code

Gr SCHEME L/P/Cr

L P D T Cr Hrs Mks SSL @

PAPER **

TW @

PR ** OR ** TOTAL

1 Programming in Java (160901) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 246

2 Software Engineering (160902) -- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 -- 50 175 C* 426

3 System Programming (168913) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 325

4Data Base Management System (168918) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 325

5 Fundamentals of Communication Systems (160903)

-- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 25 -- 50 175 C 325

6Computer Peripherals & Devices (160904) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 25 -- 50 175 C* 325

7 Open Source Technology (160905) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 -- -- -- -- 50 -- 50 100 A 246

TOTAL 20 18 -- -- 38 Papers= 6 600 180 420 200 150 200 1150

38 TOTAL MARKS= 1150TOTAL PERIODS=

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND

PERIODS PER WEEK

THEORY PAPER DURATION AND

MARKS

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal'sSHRI BHAGUBHAI MAFATLAL POLYTECHNIC

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

w.e.f. Batch admitted in June, 2016 (progressively)SEMESTER: III

* Compulsory, # Award Winning. ** Assessed by Internal and External Examiners Jointly, @ Assessed by Internal Examiner onlyL- Lecture Period, P- Practical Period, D-Drawing Practice Period, T- Tutorial, Cr-Credit, SSL-Sessional, TW- Term WorkPR-Practical, OR-OralGR- Group, B-Basic, C-Core, A-Application, M-Management

Page 46: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 46 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper-3 Hrs, Theory- 100 Marks T.W. = 25 Marks, Pr. = 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week, Practical 4/week, Credit: 6) PROGRAMMING IN JAVA(160901)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: III

Subject: Programming In Java Code: 160901

Group: C*

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Programming In Java 2 4 - 1, 3, 100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 160901 246

Objective: This course is designed to provide overview of Java Language. Java enhances OO concepts. It supports secured and portable internet applications. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to

1. Solve object oriented simple problems using the fundamental syntax and semantics of the Java programming language. 2. Design and execute real world programs on the basis of Inheritance. 3. Use the knowledge of packages, exceptions, Strings and I/O handling in the given problem statement. 4. Apply multithreading concept in multitasking oriented applications. 5. Develop window based applications using AWT classes and web based components using Applets

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction to object oriented programming (Periods: 02 hrs, Mks: 8 )

1.1 Creation of java, java byte code, 1.2 java characteristics, 1.3 Object-Oriented Programming, 1.4 Abstraction, 1.5 The Three OOP Principles.-Encapsulation, 1.6 Inheritance and Polymorphism

2. Classes, Objects and Methods. (Periods: 04 hrs, Mks: 14 ) 2.1 Class Fundamentals, The General Form of a Class, A Simple Class 2.2 Declaring Objects, A Closer Look at new, Assigning Object Reference Variables, 2.3 Introducing Methods, Adding a Method to the Class, Returning a Value, 2.4 Adding a Method That Takes Parameters, Constructors , 2.5 Parameterized Constructors, The this Keyword.

3. Inheritance (Periods: 06 hrs, Mks: 14 ) 3.1 Inheritance Basics , 3.2 Member Access and Inheritance, 3.3 A Superclass Variable Can Reference a Subclass Object, 3.4 Use of super keyword , 3.5 Creating a Multilevel Hierarchy , 3.6 Method Overriding , Dynamic Method Dispatch, Abstract classes

4. Packages and interfaces (Periods: 04 hrs, Mks: 14 ) 4.1 Packages, Defining a Package, Finding Packages and CLASSPATH, 4.2 Access Protection, Importing Packages & Interfaces, 4.3 Defining an Interface, Implementing Interfaces, and Applying interfaces Variables in Interfaces, 4.4 Interfaces Can Be Extended, Implementing Multiple Inheritance

Page 47: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 47 -

5. Exception Handling (Periods: 04 hrs, Mks: 14 ) 5.1 Exception-Handling Fundamentals, Exception Types, 5.2 Uncaught Exceptions, Using try and catch, Multiple catch Clauses, Nested try Statements, throw, throws, 5.3 finally, Java’s Built-in Exceptions, C 5.4 rating Your Own Exception Subclasses, Using Exceptions

6. Multithreading (Periods: 04 hrs, Mks:14 ) 6.1 The Java Thread Model, Thread Priorities, Synchronization, Messaging, 6.2 The Thread Class and the Runnable Interface, 6.3 The Main Thread, Creating a Thread, Implementing Runnable, Extending Thread, 6.4 Creating Multiple Threads, Using isAlive( ) and join( ), Thread Priorities, Synchronization, Using Synchronized

Methods, The synchronized Statement , 6.5 Interthread Communication, Deadlock

7. I/O and String Handling (Periods: 03 hrs, Mks:8 ) 7.1 String class and its functions, 7.2 file handling, buffered input stream, buffered output stream, 7.3 file reader, file writer, 7.4 file Input stream, file Output stream.

8. AWT and Applets. (Periods: 05 hrs, Mks: 14 ) 8.1 Abstract Window toolkit, AWT classes, 8.2 Event handling, Delegation event model, Event model, Event classes, source of events, event listener interface, 8.3 windows fundamentals, creating a frame window, working with frame window, working with graphics, 8.4 Introduction to AWT controls, inserting user interfaces like buttons, checkbox, list, scrollbar, text field and text areas,

layout managers. 8.5 Applet class architecture skeleton, repeat method, inserting image and audio clips on the applet.

Sr. No.

Main Topics No. of Contact Hrs.

Marks Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. Introduction to object oriented programming 2 08 08 E 2. Classes, Objects and Methods 4 14 14 M 3. Inheritance 6 14 14 M 4. Packages and interfaces 4 14 14 E 5. Exception Handling 4 14 14 E 6. Multithreading 4 14 14 M 7. I/O and String Handling 3 08 08 E 8. AWT and Applets 5 14 14 E

TOTAL

------------ 32

---------- 100

-------- 100%

-------- #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Introduction to object oriented programming 2. Classes, Objects and Methods 3. Inheritance 4. Packages and interfaces

Section II 5. Exception Handling 6. Multithreading 7. I/O and String Handling 8. AWT and Applets

Total Theory Hrs. = 32 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 64 hrs. List of practical:

1. Write a java program to define a class describe it’s constructor, overload constructors and instantiate its object. 2. Write a java program to define class, define instance methods and overload them and use them for Dynamic method

invocation 3. Write a java program to implement single and multi-level inheritance by applying various access controls to its data members

and methods. 4. Write a java program to implement the concept of importing classes from user defined package and creating packages. 5. Write a program to demonstrate ‘try’ and ‘catch’ 6. Write a program to implement the ‘throw’ and ‘throws’ clause 7. Write a program to implement java built in exception

Page 48: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 48 -

8. Write a program to create a thread and implementing isAlive() and join() 9. Write a program to demonstrate thread priorities. 10. Write a program using Applet- to display a message in Applet

-for configuring Applets by passing parameters 11. Write a program using Graphic Class - To display basic shapes and fill them.

- Draw different items using basic shapes - Set background and foreground colors

Implementation Strategy (Planning):

• Conducting the lectures and tutorials as per the teaching plan. • Planning the Term work by assessing the practical and the programs given to the students to write in the classroom • Conducting the periodical test. • Use of Powerpoint presentations during theory class. • Assessing the students in the class with their understanding ability to improve their performance.

Reference Books:

1. Patric Naughton- The Complete Reference- Tata McGraw Hill 2. Doughlas Comer- the Internet Book- Prentice Hall

Web Sites:

1. http://www.sun.java.com 2. http://www.osbor ne.com 3. http://www.sun.java.com (for downloading JDK for practical) 4. http://www.onlinewebtutorials.com 5. www.echoecho.com

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 49: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 49 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One paper – 3 hrs, Theory - 100 Mks., Lecture - 4hrs/Week, Pract. : 2/Week,T.W. - 25Marks, Oral. : 50 Marks, Credit: 6) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (160902)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: III

Subject: Software Engg Code: 160902

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Software Engg. 4 2 - 1,3 Hrs., 100 Mks. 30 70 25 -- 50 175 C* 160902 426

Objectives:

This subject intends to teach the student the basic fundamentals of Software Engineering. It includes system analysis, designing, coding and programming, role of case tools, Turbo Analyst, prototyping

Course Outcomes:

1. Analyse the system. 2. Design the system. 3. Learn the CASE technology.

Theory Contents: 1. Software Engineering Fundamentals: (Periods- 5 hrs. Mks-7)

1.1. Definition of software products, 1.2. Software development paradigms, 1.3. Software engineering, knowledge engineering and end user development approachers.

2. System Analysis: (Periods- 8 hrs. Mks-11) 2.1. Abstraction, partitioning and projection, 2.2. System specification (SRS) standards, formal specification method, specification tools, 2.3. Flow based, data based and object oriented analysis.

3. System Design: (Periods-8 hrs. Mks-14) 3.1. Idealized and constrained design, process oriented design (Gane and sarson and yourdon notations), 3.2. Data oriented design (Warnier-Orr, E-R modelling), 3.3. Object oriented design (Booch approach), 3.4. Cohesion and coupling, Design metrics, 3.5. Design documentation standards.

4. Coding and programming : (Periods-7 hrs. Mks-11) 4.1. Choice of programming languages, 4.2. Mixed language programming and call semantics, 4.3. Re-engineering legacy system, coding standards.

5. Introduction to Case Tools Turbo Analyst : (Periods- 6 hrs. Mks-7) 5.1. Features, Central Data Dictionary, 5.2. Turbo Analyst Entities.

6. Role of CASE TOOLS: (Periods-5 hrs. Mks-10) 6.1. Relevance of CASE TOOLS, High end and low end case tools, 6.2. Automated support for data dictionaries, data flow diagrams, entity relationship diagrams.

7. Diagramming : (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-14) 7.1. General Diagramming Interaction: creating a new/opening an existing diagram, saving, closing, printing the diagrams, exiting

from diagramming modules. 7.2. Diagram specific description: Presentation diagrams, Decomposition diagrams, Data flow diagrams, Entity relationship

diagram, Structure chart. 8. Software Quality and Testing: (Periods- 8 hrs. Mks-14)

8.1. Software quality assurance,

Page 50: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 50 -

8.2. Types of software testing (white box, black box, unit, integration, validation, system etc.) 8.3. Debugging and reliability/analysis, program complexity analysis, 8.4. Software quality and metrics, software maturity model and extensions.

9. Prototyping: (Periods- 7 hrs. Mks-12) 9.1. Overview, Application Form, Controls, Triggers, 9.2. Functions, Events that are supported Functions, Error messages.

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Software Engineering Fundamentals 05 07 07 E 2. System Analysis 08 11 11 M 3. System Design 08 14 14 M 4. Coding and programming 07 11 11 D 5. Introduction to Case Tools, 06 07 07 E Turbo Analyst 6. Role of CASE TOOLS 05 10 10 E 7. Diagramming 10 14 14 M 8. Software Quality and Testing 08 14 14 E 9. Prototyping 07 12 12 D _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 64 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Software Engineering Fundamentals 2. System Analysis 3. System Design 4. Coding and programming 5. Introduction to Case Tools Turbo Analyst Section II 6. Role of CASE TOOLS 7. Diagramming 8. Software Quality and Testing 9. Prototyping: Total Theory Hours. = 64 hrs. Total Practicals Hours = 32 hrs. List of Practicals :

1. Program for Payroll system 2. Program for Inventory system 3. Program for Banking system 4. Program for Student information system 5. Program for Railway Reservation system 6. Program for Library system

For above mentioned systems in the practical list, students should draw DFD, ERD and generate forms and reports IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Conducting lectures and practical to evaluate students on the basis of performance 2 Home assignments to practice at home 3. Use of PowerPoint presentations during theory class and practical periods 4. Giving CASE STUDIES to students

Reference Books: 1. Software Engineering:

A practitioners Approach by Pressman Roger, Tata Mc Graw Hill : New Delhi, 1991 2. An Integrated Approach to software Engineering by Jalota Pankaj, Narosa , Publication, New Delhi, 1991.

Additional References: 1. Turbo Analyst Manual (Case solution for productivity & Quality)

Reference Website:

1. http://www.rspa.com 2. http://www.computer.org/portal/web/swebok 3. www.pupilgarage.com 4. www.ece.rutgers.edu

Page 51: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 51 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 52: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 52 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper - 3 Hrs. Theory: 100 Marks, Lect: 3/Week, Prac: 2/Week, Credit: 5, T.W.: 25Marks, Practical: 50 Marks.) SYSTEM PROGRAMMING (168913)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: III

Subject: System Programming Code: 168913

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

System Programming 3 2 -- 1,3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 168913 325

Objectives:

This course is intended to give an insight to the software required to utilise the hardware resources. It gives an important migration path to the students form Data Structures to finally using Data Structure for Software and Applications. Course Outcomes:

1. Define system programming with stating functions of Component of a system programming. 2. Describe General machine structure such as IBM 360/370 and their various blocks an different formats. 3. Describe Assembler and macro along with procedure for two pass assembler and macro with the data structure used. 4. Discuss different types of searching sorting methods and loaders schemes. 5. List Importance and features of High Level Language. 6. Describe General model of compiler phases.

Theory Contents: 1. Component of a programming system : (Periods-06hrs.,Mks-14)

1.1. Assemblers, Loaders, macros, Compilers, Formal system, 1.2. Evolution of operation system, operating system functions and facilities

2. General machine structure (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-22)

2.1. For a typical Von-nauman, machine such as IBM 360/370 formats (RX, RR, SS, SI) and types of data and instruction, 2.2. Instructions in Load, Store, Add, Substract, Compare, Multiply, divide and shift groups for IBM 360/370, 2.3. Machine language and Assembly language programms, Assembler directives and psudo-kopns.

3. Assembler (Periods-10hrs. Mks-14)

3.1. General design procedures, The detail design procedures of a two pass Assembler. 3.2. Data Structures:

3.2.1. Searching methods : Linear search and binary search, 3.2.2. Sorting methods : Interchange sort (bubble sort), shell sort, bucket sort, Radix Exchange sort, Address calculation sort, 3.2.3. Hash or random entry searching 3.2.4. Macro processors: Macro instruction, features of macro facility and implementation with a two pass assembler.

4. Loaders (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-22)

4.1. “Compile-and Go” loaders, General loader scheme, Absolute loaders, Relocating loaders, Design of an absolute loaders. 4.2. Other loader scheme: Binder linkage editor overlay structure, Dynamic loading, Dynamic linking.

5. Higher level Language (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14)

5.1. Importance of HLL, Features of HLL, 5.2. Extensive data types and instructions, storage location, 5.3. Accessing flexibility, Functional modularity and asynchronous operation.

Page 53: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 53 -

6. Compilers (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-14)

6.1. General model of a compiler phases of a compiler, Lexical phase, syntax phase Interpretation phase optimisation, 6.2. Storage assignment and Code generation assembly phase.

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Component of a programming system : 06 14 15 E 2. General machine structure 10 22 20 M 3. Assembler 10 14 15 M 4. Loaders 08 22 24 E 5. Higher level Language 06 14 14 D 6. Compilers 08 14 12 E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 48 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Component of a programming system 2. General machine structure 3. Assembler Section II 4. Loaders 5. Higher level Language 6. Compilers Total Theory Hrs.= 48 hrs Total Practical Hrs.= 32 hrs. List of Practicals :

1. Study of general machine structure 2. To perform Linear & Binary search 3. To perform Bubble Sort 4. To perform Bucket Sort 5. To perform Shell Sort 6. To perform code Conversion 7. To perform File Management 8. To perform Token generation 9. To perform Token Identification 10. Study of Pass-I Assembler 11. Study of Pass-II Assembler

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING) In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan. 2. Help students to determine whether they have completed the necessary academic preparation for the subject

Reference Books :

1. System programming by John. J Donovan (McGraw Hill) 2. Introduction to system software by D.M. Dhamdhere.

Additional References:

1. Principals of Compiler Construction by Aho Ullman. 2. Operating System by John J Donovan & Mandrik

Web References: 1. www.programmingbooks.com

Page 54: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 54 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 55: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 55 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June’16

(One paper-3 hrs, Theory: 100 Marks, Lecture: 3/Week, Pract: 2/Week, T.W.: 25Marks, Pract. : 50Marks, Credit: 5)

DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (168918)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: III

Subject: DataBase Management System Code: 168918

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and

Periods per week

No. of Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lect

ure

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

DBMS 3 2 - 1, 3 Hrs, 100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 168918 325

Objectives: The aim of this subject is to get broad understanding of the basic concepts of database system in general and relational database system in particular. The students will have theoretical foundation required for working with different types of relational database products, such as SQL. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to:

1. Differentiate File System with Database System and describe various Database Models. 2. Verify the SQL statements i.e. DDL, DML, DCL, TCL, database constraints, aggregate functions, Joins, subqueries and Views. 3. Discuss storage representations of a relational database. 4. Demonstrate the understanding of E-R diagram and Normalization process for the given database. 5. Explain the Query Processing, Concurrency Control and Recovery Management sections of Transactions in DBMS.

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction, Data Models, Database administrator, users and system structure

1.1. Introduction: file processing disadvantages, data abstraction, data independence, (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-12)

1.2. Data Models: Entity Relationship model, Network Model, DBTG proposal, Hierarchical Model, Relational Model, 1.3. Database administrator and database users, 1.4. Database system structure.

2. Data definitions and Data Manipulation languages, Different SQL operations2.1. Data definitions and Data Manipulation languages,

(Periods-07 hrs. Mks-16)

2.2. Different SQL operations (Retrieving Data, sorting data, grouping data, constraints, aggregate functions, character functions, set operations, views, joins, subqueries)

3. Storage Organization for Relations3.1. Storage Organization for relations: overview of physical storage media, magnetic disks,

(Periods-07 hrs. Mks-22)

3.2. File organization, fixed length records and variable length records, sequential and clustering file organization. 4. Relational Database Design

4.1. Relational database design: functional dependencies, pitfalls in relational database design, (Periods-07 hrs. Mks-14)

4.2. Decomposition, normalization and different normal forms. 5. Query Processor and Optimizer, Transactions

5.1. Query processor and optimizer, (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-14)

5.2. Transaction: transaction concept, transaction state, 5.3. Implementation of atomicity and durability, concurrent executions, serializability. Dependencies

6. Concurrency Control, Recovery system6.1. Concurrency control: lock-based protocols, timestamp-based protocols, validation protocols, deadlock handling.

(Periods-09 hrs. Mks-22)

6.2. Recovery system: Failure classification, storage structure, log-based recovery, shadow paging, checkpoints.

Page 56: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 56 -

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Introduction, Data Models, Database administrator, users and System structure. 10 12 20 M 2. Data definitions and Data Manipulation Languages, Different SQL operations 07 16 15 E 3. Storage Organization for Relations 07 22 15 D 4. Relational Database Design 07 14 15 M 5. Query Processor and Optimizer, Transaction. 08 14 17 E 6. Concurrency Control, Recovery system. 09 22 18 D _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 48 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I

1. Introduction, Data Models, Database administrator, users and system structure 2. Data definitions and Data Manipulation languages, Different SQL operations 3. Storage Organization for Relations

Section II

4. Relational Database Design 5. Query Processor and Optimizer, Transactions 6. Concurrency Control, Recovery system

Total Theory Hours = 48 hrs. Total practical Hours = 32 hrs List of practicals:

1. Creation of table with constraints and insertion of data 2. Running simple SQL queries (select, distinct, desc, where) 3. Execution of Alter, Update, Delete and drop 4. Implementation of aggregate and character functions 5. Implementation of various clauses in SQL 6. Execution of string, comparison and set operations 7: Implementation of various types of joins 8: Implementation of views and triggers 9: Implementation of different subqueries on the data 10: Execution of a simple PL/SQL program

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and conduction tutorials. 2. Use of powerpoint presentations during theory class and practical periods

Reference Books :

1. Principles of Database Management, by James Martin 2. An Introduction to Database systems by date C.J. Volumes I & II, Addison-Wesley, 1981, 1983. 3. Database System Concepts by Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan 4. Understanding Dbase III by Simpson, A BPN Publications, Delhi 5. Data Base system Engineering by Whittington R.P., Calvender Press 6. Database Systems Management and Design by Pratt. P. Boyd and Frasser Publ. Comp. 1987. 7. Database Processing: Fundamentals, Design, Implementation by Kroenke, D.M. 2nd Edn., Galgotia Publ. Pvt. Ltd.

Additional References:

1. Database Design by Wiederhold, (McGraw Hill Book Comp.) 2. Dbase III Plus made systematic by Shah Y.I., Jeevan Deep Prakashan.

Page 57: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 57 -

Web References: 1. www.w3schools.com

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 58: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 58 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One paper-3 Hrs, Theory: 100Marks, Lecture: 3/Week, Pract. : 2/Week, T.W.: 25Marks, Oral: 50Marks, Credit: 5)

FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (160903)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: III

Subject: Fundamentals Of Communication Systems Code: 160903

Group: C

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers, duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lect

ure

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

w

ork

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Fundamentals Of Communication Systems 3 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs., 100

Mks. 30 70 25 -- 50 175 C 160903 325

Objectives: The subject Communication system intends to teach the students transmission and reception of the signals using modulation

techniques, Spread Spectrum, Multiplexing schemes, digital Modulation techniques, broad band communication, and antennas. After Studying this student will be able to:

1. Transmission and reception of basic communication system 2. Procedures of wireless, satellite communication system. 3. The modern communication techniques.

Course Outcomes:

1. Describe and compare modulation techniques like AM, FM, Pulse modulation, digital modulation, Spread Spectrum modulation.

2. Discuss various parameters of information theory and analyse the effect of noise on communication signal 3. Identify the multiplexing techniques and propagation of waves 4. Define and classify Antenna

Theory Contents:

1. Introduction to Modulation (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-08) 1.1 Need for Modulation

1.2 Modulation methods – Amplitude modulation, Frequency modulation, 1.3Single side band technique, 1.4 AM Transmitter, AM detector & Receiver, Definition of selectivity and sensitivity, 1.5 Comparative performance of Amplitude Modulation and Frequency Modulation,

2. Pulse Modulation (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14) 2.1 Introduction to Pulse Modulation – Pulse Time Modulation, Pulse Width Modulation, Pulse Position Modulation, Pulse Code

Modulation, 2.2 Differential Pulse Code Modulation, 2.3 Delta Modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation

3. Information Theory and Noise (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14) 3.1 Shannon Hartley’s Theorem, 3.2 Channel capacity, Rate of Information, Entropy, channel efficiency, 3.3 Types of Noise and their effect on communication signal 3.4 Phase locked loop, its application for Noise reduction

4. Multiplexing Schemes (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14) 4.1 Need of Multiplexing,

Page 59: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 59 -

4.2 Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM), definition, block diagram & comparison, 4.3 Access technique TDMA, FDMA, 4.4 Advantages of TDMA over FDMA

5. Spread Spectrum Modulation (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-11) 5.1 Introduction, DN sequence, 5.2 Model of Spread spectrum Modulation System, 5.3 Direct sequence spread Spectrum Signal, Frequency hop spread spectrum, 5.4 slow frequency hoping & Fast frequency hoping

6. Digital Modulation Techniques (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-11) 6.1 definitions & waveforms

6.2 Block diagram of Transmitter and receiver and 6.3 working of 6.3.1 ASK,

6.3.2 QPSK, 6.3.3 QFSK, 6.3.4 QAM, 6.3.5 DPSK,

7. Propagation (Periods-04 hrs. Mks-08) 7.1 Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Waves, 7.2 Propagation of waves – Ground(surface) wave propagation, sky waves propagation, space wave propagation, space wave propagation.

8. Antennas (Periods- 04hrs. Mks-10) 8.1. Radiation Mechanism, 8.2. Antenna Gain, Antenna resistance, Bandwidth beam width, 8.3. Directional High frequency Antenna 8.4. Dipole Antenna, Yagi-Uda Antenna, Folded Dipole Antenna

9. Broadband Communication System (Periods-04 hrs. Mks-10) 9.1. Introduction to Satellite, 9.2. Introduction to Microwave, Cable T.V., 9.3. Introduction to Fiber-Optic Communication system.

Sr. No.

Main Topics No.Of Contact Hrs.

Marks Weightage %

# M / E / D

1. Introduction to Modulation 06 08 08 M 2. Pulse Modulation 06 14 14 M 3. Information Theory and Noise 06 14 14 D 4. Multiplexing Schemes 06 14 14 E 5. Spread Spectrum Modulation 06 11 11 E 6. Digital Modulation Techniques 06 11 11 M 7. Propagation 04 08 08 D 8. Antennas 04 10 10 D 9. Broadband Communication System 04 10 10 E Total

48

100

100%

# (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Introduction to Modulation 2. Pulse Modulation 3. Information Theory and Noise 4. Multiplexing Schemes Section II 5. Spread Spectrum Modulation 6. Digital Modulation Techniques 7. Propagation 8. Antennas 9. Broadband Communication System Total Theory Hours = 48 hrs Total Practical hours : 32 Hrs.

Page 60: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 60 -

List of Practicals : 1. To determine modulation index of Amplitude Modulation wave 2. To measure Frequency deviation and calculate Modulation Index form Frequency Modulation wave 3. To measure frequencies and voltages and observe waveforms at Test point in Super Heterodyne Receiver 4. To plot frequency response of Audio Amplifier 5. To determine attenuation in given Fiber optic Links 6. To measure Amplitude and observe and plot waveforms of Pulse Amplitude Modulation 7. To measure Amplitude and observe and plot waveforms of Pulse Width Modulation 8. To observe the frequency Shift according to binary data signal for PSK 9. To observe the frequency Shift according to binary data signal for FSK 10. To plot radiation pattern of Yagi-Uda Antenna 11. Study of AM Transmitter IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Theory topics and practice experiments should be done simultaneously. This will help the students to understand the topics. 2. Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding.

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Communication Systems by G.Kennedy. 2. Principles of Communication System by Taub and Schilling

Additional References : 1. Electronic Communication by Roddy and Coollen. 2. Communication Systems by B.P. Lathi

Web References:

1. http://www.csg.ethz.ch/ 2. http://www.managementstudyguide.com/understanding-communication.htm

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 61: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 61 -

w. e. f. Batch admitted in June, 2016

(One Paper – 3 Hrs., Theory-100 Marks, Lect.3/Week, Pract.: 2/Week, Oral – 50Marks, TW-25Marks, Credit: 5)

COMPUTER PERIPHERAL & DEVICES (160904)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: III

Subject: Computer Peripheral Devices Code: 160904

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Computer Peripheral Devices 3 2 - 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 -- 50 175 C* 160904 325

Objectives:

This subject is also intended to introduce commonly used input/output devices and its working with computer system. The subject also introduces different peripheral chips responsible for interfacing with 8085.

1. To make the students familiar with various peripheral devices and measuring instruments. 2. To introduce the students about various hardware used inside the PC and also with peripheral devices. 3. To introduce the students about measuring instruments. 4. Studying various measuring instruments they can be able to measure various parameters inside the PC hardware. 5. So that they can understand the actual fault and location of the fault as they are studying hardware and peripheral device in

this subject. Course Outcomes:

1. Describe computer input devices and their working. 2. Describe computer output devices and their working. 3. Discuss terminologies and internal architecture of storage devices. 4. Explain various types of measuring Instruments. 5. Discuss the working of the various typs of Oscilloscope and other signail checking devices. 6. Describe the standard external buses. Theory contents:

1. Computer peripheral and input device (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-14) 1.1. Study & usage of following devices –

IBM PC keyboard, MS. MOUSE, DIGITIZER, JOYSTICK, LIGHT PEN, SCANNER 1.2. Understanding How to use these devices. 1.3. Handheld devices – Tablet, Notepad, Ipad etc.

2. Computer output device (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14)

2.1. Study of usage of output devices 2.2. Display output devices:CRT monitor : Hardware details, RC/TTc connecter, CGA, HGA, VGA, EGA, monitors study, LCD

monitor, Types of LCD’s, seven segment display, 2.3. Printer (serial & parallel) Dot matrix printers, Daisy wheel printers/Line printers, laser printers, network printer 2.4. Plotter, x-y plotter, Ink jet plotters

3. Computer peripheral storage devices (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14)

3.1. Floppy disk drive, 3.2. Tape drive, 3.3. hard disk, 3.4. Card reader

4. Measuring concept (Periods-04 hrs. Mks-8)

4.1. Significance of measurement. 4.2. Methods of measurement.

Page 62: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 62 -

5. Basics of measuring instruments (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-14) 5.1. Galvanometer, 5.2. PMMC, 5.3. Dc ammeter, 5.4. Dc Voltmeter, 5.5. Alternating current indicating instruments.

6. Oscilloscope (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14) 6.1. Functional study of oscilloscope, 6.2. Study of various types of oscilloscope, Sampling oscilloscope, Storage oscilloscope

7. Study of signal generator, Logic analyser, Spectrum analyser, Emulators (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-8)

8. Study of standard buses (Periods-04 hrs. Mks-14)

8.1. RS232C, 8.2. IEEE488, 8.3. Centronic Parallel interface.

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Computer peripheral input device 08 14 14 E 2. Computer output devices 06 14 14 M 3. Computer peripheral storage devices 06 14 14 E 4. Measuring concept 04 08 08 D 5. Basics of measuring instruments 08 14 14 E 6. Oscilloscope 06 14 14 E 7. Study of signal generator, Logic 06 08 08 E analyser, Spectrum analyser, Emulators 8. Study of standard buses 04 14 14 E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 48 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Computer peripheral input device 2. Computer output devices 3. Computer peripheral storage devices 4. Measuring concept Section II 5. Basic of measuring instruments 6. Oscilloscope 7. Study of signal generator, Logic analyser, Spectrum analyser, Emulators 8. Study of standard buses Total Theory Hours = 48 hrs Total Practical Hours = 32 Hrs. List of Practicals : 1. Study of Monochrome Graphic Adaptors. 2. Study of Colour Graphic adaptors 3. Understanding working principles of Monitors

i) Black & White ii) Colour 4. Understanding Mechanical Assembly of floppy disk drive 5. Understanding Mechanical Assembly of hard disk drive 6. Understanding Principle of operation of Dot Matrix printer 7. Understanding Principle of operation of Laser printer 8. Understanding Principle of Daisy wheel printer 9. Interfacing techniques used for printer study of IBM cables specifications 10. Study of general purpose Oscilloscope, Storage Oscilloscope 11. Study of logic analyser 12. Study of logic Spectrum analyser 13. Study of emulator 14. Study of signal generator 15. Study of digital multimeter.

Page 63: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 63 -

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING) : In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Theory Teaching Plan 2. Term Work Plan for practical. 3. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan.

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques by W.D. Cooper, A.D.. Helerick 2. Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation by A. K. Sawhney 3. Fundamentals of Computer by Sunil Chauhan, Akash Saxena, Kratika Gupta 4. Computer peripheral & Interfacing by Jyoti Snehi Users Guide for various Devices.

Additional References: 1. IBM PC/XT Technical Reference. 2. IEEE Technical Issues 3. Byte Magazines. Web References:

1. www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_fundamentals/index.htm 2. www.ecomputernotes.com/fundamental

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 64: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 64 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(T.W. = 50 Marks, oral. = 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week, Practical 4/week, Credit: 6) Open Source Technology (160905)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: III

Subject: Open Source Technology Code: 160905

Group: A

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Open Source Technology 2 4 - - - - 50 -- 50 100 A 160901 246 Objective:

This course will explore the philosophy of open source software and the various ... scripting language (PHP), Mysql Discusses the issues in open source and open source development and enable students to understand various open source licenses understanding the implications for users, developers, and the software community in general . Students learn to Configure MySQL Server, working with MySQL Databases to create database related application Course Outcomes: The student will be able to

1. Install Linux operating system & use supporting software, network related commands. 2. Acquire knowledge of open source technologies in comparison with licensed technologies . 3. Design and implement the PHP forms for various applications using HTML. 4. Configure MySQL Server, working with MySQL Databases to create database related applications.

Theory Content 1. Open source fundamentals

1.1. Open Source History, Initiatives, Principle and methodologies. 1.2. Philosophy: Software Freedom, Open Source Development Model Licenses and Patents: What Is A License, Important

FOSS Licenses (Apache, BSD, GPL, LGPL), copyrights and copylefts, 1.3. Free Software vs. Open Source software, Public Domain Software, FOSS does not mean no cost. The Free Software

Foundation and the GNU Project. GNU General Public License, Open source ethics. Social and Financial impacts of open source technology, Shared software, Shared source

1.4. Overview of popular Linux distributions 1.5. Running Linux in a virtual machine

2. Linux operating system

2.1. Operating System Organization:OS basics, processes, Filesystem layout, File permissions Commands: chmod, find, locate,Super user powers, Installing applications,Commands: make, apt-get, Overview of Linux Operating System, Linux Distribution, Filesystem Hierarchy, kernel, factory sites, Graphical Environment and Terminal Windows, GNOME Basics. Changing the desktop background, adding menu items, plugins. Changing the screen resolution, File System Concepts, Managing File with Graphical Utilities. Multiboot Environment, Hard disk Partitioning

2.2. The command-line Using the Command Line,Accessing remote servers and files,Editing and manipulating filesPiping commands and saving output,Searching in command line history, Commands: mkdir, nano, cat, head, tail, less, clear, grep, sort, uniq, man, >, |, cd, df, find, locate, nano & vi text editor, man page, Adding users, groups, su - becoming the root user, sudo - to run processes as another user.,Changing users passwords with the passwd command, Installing new software with yum (if Fedora) or YaST (if SUSE) rpm

2.3. Networking Tools

Page 65: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 65 -

ping - check if a host is online ,traceroute - see your hops between hosts, telnet – diagnostics, nmap - seeing what ports are open on a host, xinetd - the "internet super server". TCP/IP service manager, lsof - list open ports and files,ethereal - Packet Sniffer Extraordinaire.

3. MySQL Server and Application

3.1. Introduction to Web server, Installing Apache on Linux: httpd service Installation, 3.2. Configuration and administration under Windows and Linux environment: of Apache, Apache Tomcat

the Apache webserver. 3.3. MySQL database engine. 3.4. MySQL : Configuring MySQL Server, working with MySQL Databases, MySQL Tables, SQL 3.5. Commands – INSERT, SELECT, UPDATE, REPLACE, DELETE. Date and Time functions .

4. Introduction to PHP

4.1. Evaluation of Php Basic Syntax, 4.2. Defining variable and constant, Php Data type Operator and Expression

5. Handling Html Form With Php

5.1. Capturing Form Data 5.2. Dealing with Multi-value filed 5.3. Generating File uploaded form 5.4. Redirecting a form after submission

6. Decisions and loop

6.1. Making Decisions 6.2. Doing Repetitive task with looping 6.3. Mixing Decisions and looping with Html

Total Theory Hrs. = 32 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 64 hrs. List of practical:

1. Create a virtual machine and install Ubuntu Linux. Use root privileges to install new software packages. 2. More command line tool basics and more file processing 3. Debugging a Network, encrypting messages, and packet sniffing. 4. Selecting Records and Display on Web Page

You retrieve data from the table ‘bookcd’ in the ‘cds’ database and use it to populate the website. Selecting data through a PHP program using a MySQL

a. Make a connection to the database. b. Create a query with the command. c. Run the query. d. Read the data. e. Display the data. f. Close the connection.

5. Inserting Records through Web Page You store data to the table ‘bookcd’ in the ‘cds’ database. Storing data through a PHP program a. Input data into client browser and send to web server b. Make a connection to the database. c. Create a query with the INSERT command. d. Store the data into MySQL Database server. e. Close the connection.

6. a) Installation of Unix/Linux operating system. b) Study of logging/logout details. c) Study of Unix/Linux general purpose utility command list obtained from (man, who, cat, cd, cp, ps, ls, mv, rm, mkdir, rmdir, echo, more, date, time, kill, history, chmod, chown, finger, pwd, cal, logout, shutdown) commands. d) Study of vi editor.( http://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/pdf/unix-vi-editor.pdf) e) Study of Bash shell, Bourne shell and C shell in Unix/Linux operating system. f) Study of Unix/Linux file system (tree structure). g) Study of .bashrc, /etc/bashrc and Environment variables.

7. Use vi and NANO editor

Page 66: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 66 -

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Theory topics and practice experiments should be done simultaneously. This will help the students to understand the topics. 2. Use of powerpoint presentations during theory class and practical periods 3. Home assignment to practice at home

Reference Books:

1. Understanding Open Source and Free Software Licensing - By Andrew M. St. Laurent, Oreily Media. (e-Resource available at: http://oreilly.com/openbook/osfreesoft/book/index.html)

2. Apache HTTP Server Documentation Version 2.2 by by Apache Software Foundation 3. MySQL 5.5 Reference Manual (Chapter 2 and 3 of manual) (e-Resource) 4. The Complete Guide to Linux System Administration by Nicholas Wells, Cengage Learning.

Web Sites:

1. http://www.opensource.org 2. http://www.redhat.com 3. http://www.linux.org 4. http://www.globus.org

Page 67: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 67 -

DISCIPLINE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

SR. No.

SUBJECT NAME/ SUBJECT CODE

Pre-requisite Subject Code

Gr SCHEME L/P/Cr

L P D T Cr Hrs Mks SSL @

PAPER **

TW @

PR ** OR ** TOTAL

1 Data Structure (168915) 168909 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 426

2 Fundamentals of Operating System (168916)

-- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 426

3 TCP/IP Internet (160906) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 -- -- -- -- 50 50 -- 100 C* 325

4 Data Communication & Networking (160907)

-- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 -- 25 150 C* 426

5 Computer Graphics (168917) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 A 325

6 Stress Management (168919) -- 0 2 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- M 022

7 Data ware Housing (168922) 168918 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 -- 50 175 A 246

TOTAL 20 16 -- -- 36 150 350 175 200 75 950

TOTAL PERIODS= 36 TOTAL MARKS= 950

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND

PERIODS PER WEEK

THEORY PAPER DURATION

AND MARKS

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal'sSHRI BHAGUBHAI MAFATLAL POLYTECHNIC

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

w.e.f. Batch admitted in June, 2016 (progressively)SEMESTER: IV

No.of papers= 5

* Compulsory, # Award Winning. ** Assessed by Internal and External Examiners Jointly, @ Assessed by Internal Examiner onlyL- Lecture Period, P- Practical Period, D-Drawing Practice Period, T- Tutorial, Cr-Credit, SSL-Sessional, TW- Term WorkPR-Practical, OR-OralGR- Group, B-Basic, C-Core, A-Application, M-Management

Page 68: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 68 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper - 3 Hrs., Theory Marks: 100, Lect.4/Week, Pract. 2/Week,T/W : 25Marks, Pract. : 50Marks, Credit :6) DATA STRUCTURE (168915)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: IV

Subject: Data Structure Code: 168915

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme :

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Data Structure 4 2 - 1,3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 168915 426

Objectives: This subject intends to teach the students how to implement the algorithms. After learning this subject the student can able to solve any critical problem through programming. Course Outcomes:

1. Choose the data structures that effectively models the information in a problem. 2. Implement and know when to apply standard algorithms for searching and sorting. 3. Design, implement, test, and debug programs using a variety of data structures like arrays, stacks, queues, hash tables, binary

tree structures, search trees, heaps, graphs, etc. 4. Describe and implement a linked list as a linear data structures 5. Develop recursive algorithms as they apply to trees and graphs. 6. Describe various file organization techniques.

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction to data structure and classification (Periods-8 hrs. Mks-08)

1.1 Linear & Non linear 1.2 Algorithm Basic Concepts 1.3 Definition of Complexity with example 1.4 Data types 1.5 Control structure 1.6 Recursion

2. Linear data structure & their sequential storage (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-14)

2.1 Definition, implementation and notation of Array 2.2 Basic operation such as addition, deletion etc. 2.3 Algorithm to implement stacks, Queues 2.4 Priority Queues 2.5 LIFO,FIFO arithmetic

3. Linear data structure and their linked storage representation: (Periods- 10hrs. Mks-14) 3.1 pointer & linked allocation linked lineate lists

3.2 operations on liner list using singly linked list 3.3 Doubly linked list, Application of linear linked list 3.4 Polynomial manipulation, linked dictionary, multiple precision arithmetic, Associative list 3.5 Insertion, Deletion

3.6 Searching in single, double link list

4. Nonlinear data structure (Periods- 10hrs. Mks-14)

Page 69: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 69 -

4.1Trees 4.2 definition and concept, operation on binary trees, 4.3 storage representation & manipulation of binary trees, 4.4 Linked storage representation of binary trees.

5. Graphs and their representation terminology (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-14)

5.1 Linear representation 5.2Matrix representation of graphs

5.3 list structure 5.4other representation of graphs, 5.5 Breadth first search & depth first search 5.6 Applications, shortest path algorithm

6. Sorting and Searching (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-22)

6.1 Sorting: Other notations & concept, 6.2 Selection sort, Merge sorting tree sort partition – exchange sort, radix sort. 6.3 Address calculation sort. Searching : Sequential searching Binary searching, 6.4Search trees, High balance trees, weight balanced trees, trees structure. 6.5 Efficiency and Algorithm 6.6 Complexity and Big ‘O’ notations for each sorting algorithm 6.7 Hash search

7. Files Structure & Introduction to data base system (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-14)

7.1 Definition and concept record organization, 7.2 sequential files structure of sequential files, 7.3 Processing sequential files, 7.4 General concept, Hierarchical network, Relational approaches

Sr. No.

Main Topics No. of Contact Hrs.

Marks Weightage %

#M/E/D

1. Introduction to data structure and classification 08 08 5 D 2. Linear data structure & their sequential storage 10 14 15 D 3. Linear data structure and their linked storage

representation 10 14 15 M

4. Nonlinear data structure 10 14 15 M 5. Graphs and their representation terminology 10 14 15 M 6. Sorting and Searching 10 22 20 E 7. Files Structure & Introduction to data base

system 06 14 15 E

Total

64

100

100%

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction to data structure and classification 2. Linear data structure and sequential storage representation 3. Linear data structure and their linked storage representation 4. Nonlinear data structure Section II 5. Graphs and their representation 6. Sorting and Searching 7. Files Structure Total Theory Hours: 64 Hrs. Total Practical Hours: 32 Hrs. List of Practical:

1. A program for inserting an element into an array. 2. A program for deleting an element from an array. 3. A program for pushing an element into an array. 4. A program for popping an element in an array. 5. A program for inserting an element into queue. 6. A program for deleting an element from queue. 7. A program for converting an infix expression to postfix.

Page 70: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 70 -

8. A program for traversing a linked list. 9. A program for inserting an element into the beginning of list. 10. A program for binary search. 11. A program for selection sort. 12. A program for quick sort.

Implementation Strategy (Planning) :

• Conducting the lectures as per the teaching plan.. • Planning the Term work by assessing the practical performed by the students in the laboratory. • Assignment to practice at home. • Conducting the periodical test. • Use of Powerpoint presentations during theory class. • Assessing the students in the class with their understanding ability to improve their performance

Reference Books:

1. An Introduction to data structure with application By – Trembly & Sorenson 2. Fundamentals of data structure By – Horowitdz & Sahani 3. Data Structure by Lip Schutz

Additional References: Pascal + Data Structure by Dele N. Lilly Web Reference:

1. www.csbdu.in/econtent/datastructures 2. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php 3. www.gatesit.org/gitdownloads/c&ds.pdf 4. www.opendatastructure.org/ods-cpp.pdf

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 71: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 71 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One paper-3hrs, Theory=100 Marks, T.W. =25Marks, Practical: 50 Marks, Lecture: 4/Week, Pract. : 2/Week, Credit: 6) FUNDAMENTALS OF OPERATING SYSTEMS (168916)

SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: IV

Subject: Fundamentals of Operating System Code: 168916

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers,

duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Fundamentals of Operating System 4 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 C* 168916 426

Objectives: The subject operation system intends to teach the students design and data structures used to develop an operating system. The students will also learn the various services of an operating system, organized in various layers to perform different functions. These basic concepts can be used for a proper understanding of single user and multi-user operating systems.

Course Outcomes: Student will be able to

1. Describe Operating system And Process. 2. Describe the need of Interprocess communication and Synchronization. 3. Evaluate the processes based on various scheduling algorithms. 4. Demonstrate Memory management techniques. 5. Describe Security and protection policies in Operating systems 6. Describe Multiprocessor system and Distributed operating system.

Theory contents:

1. Processes (Periods-10hrs.,Mks-14) 1.1 The process concept, systems programmer’s view of processes, 1.2 the operating system view of processes, Operating system services for process management, 1.3 Scheduling algorithms, Performance evaluation.

2. Inter process Communication and Synchronization (Periods-10 hrs.,Mks-16). 2.1. The need for inter process synchronization, mutual exclusion, semaphores, Hardware support for mutual exclusion, 2.2. Queuing implementation of semaphores, Classical problems in concurrent programming, 2.3. Critical region and conditional critical region, monitors, messages, deadlocks.

3. Memory Management (Periods-12hrs.,Mks-14) 3.1. Contiguous allocation, Single process monitor, Partitioned memory allocation stack, Partitioned memory allocation – Dynamic, segmentation.

3.2. Non-contiguous allocation- Paging, virtual memory (allocation policies and page replacement policies).

4. File Management (Periods-8 Hrs.,Mks-14) 4.1. Command language user’s view of the file system disk organization, disk controller and driver 4.2. operating system’s view of file management, 4.3. disk caches and Unix Buffer cache, a generalization of file services.

Page 72: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 72 -

5. Security and Protection (Periods-8 Hrs.,Mks-14) 5.1. Security threats and goals penetration attempts, security policies and mechanisms authentication, protection and access control, format models of protection,

5.2. cryptography worms and viruses.

6. Multi-processor Systems (Periods-8 Hrs.,Mks-14) 6.1. Motivation and classification, multi-processor interconnection, types of multi-processor operating system, 6.2. Multi-processor OS functions and requirements introduction to parallel computing, 6.3. Multi-processor synchronization

7. Distributed Operating Systems: algorithms (Periods-8 Hrs.,Mks-14) Rationale for distributed systems, computer networks algorithms for distributed process coding with failures

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Processes 10 14 14% M 2. Inter process Communication 10 16 15% M and Synchronization 3. Memory Management 12 14 15% M 4. File Management 08 14 12% E 5. Security and Protection 08 14 16% E 6. Multi-processor Systems 08 14 16% E 7. Distributed Operating 08 14 12% E Systems: algorithms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 64 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Processes 2. Interprocess Communication and Synchronization 3. Memory Management 4. File Management (First Half Portion) Section II 4. File Management (Remaining Half Portion) 5. Security and Protection 6. Multi processor Systems 7. Distributed Operating Systems: algorithms Total Theory Hours = 64 hrs Total Practicals Hours = 32 hrs List of Practicals:

1) Program for implementing System calls for file manipulation 2) Program for implementing scheduling algorithm FCFS 3) Program for Static partitioning – Memory Management 4) Program for Dynamic partitioning – Memory Management 5) Program for page replacement strategy. 6) Program for shortest job first scheduling- Preemptive 8) Program for shortest job first scheduling- Non-Preemptive 9) Program for round robin scheduling 10) Program for implementation of dead lock avoidance mechanism. 11) Program for implementation Producer – Consumer problem 12) Program for implementation Priority scheduling.

Implementation Strategy (Planning) : • Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan • Planning the Term work by assessing the practical and the programs given to the students to write in the classroom • Conducting the periodical test. • Use of Powerpoint presentations during theory class.

Reference Books: 1. Operating systems – Concepts and Design” Milan Milenkovic, McGraw-Hill international Edition – computer Science series 1992

Page 73: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 73 -

2. An introduction to operating Systems” Harvey M. Deitel, Addison- Welley Publishing Company 1984 3. Operating System Concepts” James L Peterson, Abram Silbeerschatz, Addison – Wesley Publishing Company 1989,

Additional References:

1. Operating system” by Achyut Godbole. 2. Modern Operating Systems” Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Prentice-hall of India private ltd. 1995.

Web Refernces:

1. http://aduni.org/courses/systems/courseware/operatingsystem.html 2. www.howstuffworks.com/operating-system1.htm

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 74: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 74 -

w. e. f. Batch admitted in June, 2016

(Lecture 3 / week, Practical – 2 / week, Credit – 5, T/W- 50 Marks, Practical- 50 Marks) TCP/IP INTERNET (160906)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: IV

Subject: TCP/IP Internet Code: 160906

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and

Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

TCP/IP Internet 3 2 - -- -- -- 50 50 -- 100 C* 160906 325

Objectives:

This subject is design to provide overview of web designing. The students will be able to design Web pages using any HTML editor and can publish the web site. Course Outcomes:

1. Describe basic network terminology. 2. Demonstrate networking commands. 3. Describe the TCP/IP model. 4. Identify the network path using tool. 5. Design client server architecture using socket programming.

Theory Contents: 1. Internetworking Concept And Architecture Model (Periods – 05)

1.1. Introduction, 1.2. Application Level Interconnection, Network Level Interconnection, 1.3. Properties Of the Internet, Internet Architecture, 1.4. Interconnection Through IP, Routers, 1.5. The User’s View, All Networks Ate Equal, The Unanswered Questions, 1.6. Summary. Internet Addresses (Periods – 06) 1.1. Introduction, 1.2. Universal Identifiers, 1.3. Addresses Specify Network Connections, Network and Broadcast Addresses, Limited Broadcast, 1.4. Interpreting Zero To Mean “This”, 1.5. Dotted Decimal Notation, 1.6. Loopback Address,

2. Mapping Internet Addresses To Physical Addresses (ARP) (Periods – 05) 2.1. Introduction, 2.2. The Address Resolution Problem, 2.3. ARP Protocol Format, Summary. Determining An Internet Address At Startup (RARP) (Periods – 03) 2.1. Introduction, 2.2. Reserve Address Resolution Protocol (RARP),

3. Internet Protocol : Connectionless Datagram Delivery (Periods – 03) 3.1. The Concept Of Unreliable Delivery, , 3.2. Connectionless Delivery System,

Page 75: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 75 -

3.3. The Internet Datagram, Internet Datagram Options, Summary. Internet Protocol : Routing IP Datagrams (Periods – 04) 3.1. Introduction, 3.2. Routing In An Internet, Direct And Indirect Delivery, 3.3. Table-Driven IP Routing, Next-Hop Routing, Default Routes, Host-Specific Routes, 3.4. The IP Routing Algorithm, Routing With IP Addresses, Handling Incoming Datagrams, 3.5. Establishing Routing Tables, Summary.

4. Internet Protocol : Error And Control Messages (ICMP) (Periods – 04) 4.1. Introduction, 4.2. The Internet Control Message Protocol, Error Reporting vs. Error Correction, 4.3. ICPM Message Delivery, ICPM Message Format, 4.4. Testing Destination Reachabilit And Status (Ping), Echo Request And Reply Message Format, Reports of Unreachable

Destinations, 4.5. Congestion And Datagram Flow Control, Source Quench Format, 4.6. Route Change Requests From Routers, Detecting Circular Or Excessively Long Routers, Reporting Other Problems, Clock

Synchronization And Transit Time Estimation, 4.7. Information Request And Reply Messages, Obtaining A Subnet Mask, Summary.

5. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) (Periods – 03) 5.1. Introduction, Identifying The Ultimate Destination, 5.2. The User Datagram Protocol, Format Of UDP Messages, UDP Pseudo-Header, UDP Encapsulation And Protocol Layering,

Layering And The UDP Checksum Computation, UDP Multiplexing , Demultiplexing , And Ports, Reserved And Available UDP Port Numbers, Summary.

6. Reliable Stream Transport Service (TCP) (Periods –04)

6.1. Introduction, 6.2. The Need For Stream Delivery, Properties Of The Reliable Delivery Service, Providing Reliability, The Idea Behind Sliding

Windows, 6.3. The Transmission Control Protocol, Ports, Connections, And Endpoints, Passive And Active Opens, Segments, Stream ,

And Sequence Numbers, Variable Window Size And Flow Control, 6.4. TCP Segment Format, Out Of Band Data, Maximum Segment Size Option, TCP Checksum Computation,

Acknowledgements And Retransmission, Timeout And Retransmission, Accurate Measurement Of Round Trip Samples, 6.5. Karn’s Algorithm And Timer Backoff, Responding To High Variance In Dalay, Response In Congestion, Establishing In

TCP Connection 6.6. Initial Sequence Numbers, Closing a TCP Connection, TCP Connection Reset 6.7. TCP State Machine, Forcing Data Delivery, Reserved TCP Port Numbers, TCP Performance, 6.8. Silly Window Syndrome And Small Packets, Avoiding Silly Window Syndrome, Summary.

7. Routing : Cores, Peers, And Algorithms (GGP) (Periods – 04) 7.1. Introduction, 7.2. The Origin Of Routing Tables, Routing With Partial Information 7.3. Original Internet Architecture And Cores, Core Routers, Beyond The Core Architecture To Peer Backbones, 7.4. Automatic Route Propagation, Vector Distance (Bellman – Ford) Routing, 7.5. Gateway- To-Gateway Protocol (GGP), GGP Message Format, SPF Protocols, Summary. Routing : Autonomous Systems (EGP) (Periods – 04) 7.1. Introduction, 7.2. Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP), EGP Message Header, EGP Neighbor Acquisition Messages, EGP Neighbor Reachability

Messages, EGP Poll Request Messages, Routing : In An Autonomous System (RIP, OSPF, HELLO) (Periods –03) 7.1. Introduction, 7.2. Static Vs. Dynamic Interior Routers, 7.3. Routing Information Protocol (RIP), The Hello Protocol, 7.4. The Open SPF Protocol (OSPF),

Total Theory Hours= 48 hrs. Total Practicals Hours =32 hrs.

The distribution of marks / weight age of each topic specified in this subject is considered taking into account sessional / assessment exam.

List of practicals:

Page 76: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 76 -

1. Write sockets to connect two machines in the intranet and show the communication by transmission of data from one machine to the other.

2. Write a program to implement ARP i.e. for the mapping of Internet Address to physical address. 3. Study the network in the lab and explain it with network architecture diagram. Explain the topology used. 4. Write a program for Routing of IP datagrams using the routing tables. 5. Implement the shortest path algorithm to find the shortest route using Routing tables.

Implementation Strategy (Planning) :

• Conducting the lectures as per the teaching plan. • Planning the Term work by assessing the practical performed by the students in the laboratory. • Conducting the periodical test. • Use of Powerpoint presentations during theory class. • Assessing the students in the class with their understanding ability to improve their performance

Reference books:

1. Internetworking with TCP/IP by Douglas E. Comer 2. The Protocols (TCP/IP Illustrated Volume 1) by W. Richard Stevens.

Additional References:

1. Sams Teach yourself TCP/IP in 24 Hours by Joe Casad 2. TCP/IP Jumpstart: Internet protocol basics by Andrew G. Blank.

Web References:

1. www.w3schools.com 2. www.protocols.com 3. www.teachtarget.com

Page 77: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 77 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One paper-3 Hrs, Theory: 100Marks, Lecture: 4/Week, Pract.: 2/Week, T.W.: 25Marks, Oral: 25Marks, Credit: 6)

DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING (160907)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: IV

Subject: Data Communication & Networking Code: 160907

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme :

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers, duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lect

ure

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Data Communication &

Networking 4 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs., 100

Mks. 30 70 25 -- 25 150 C* 160907 426

Objectives: The day to day business transaction in banks, railway reservations, industrial sale, purchase, industrial Automation/ Process

and educational environments are all dependent on computers that are connected on networks. This object will enable to learn the basic concepts of digital communication, computer network and its applications, topologies communication media, protocols used and OSI reference model. After Studying this student will be able to:

a. Learn Network Architecture and physical media used to connect computers in network b. Understand the basic component used in network and different types of networks c. Familiarize with OSI model

Course Outcomes:

1. Describe Network Architecture and physical media used to connect computers in network 2. Identify the basic component used in network and different types of networks 3. Describe OSI model and TCP/IP protocol suit 4. Design computer network (Topology) 5. Describe network devices (switch, bridge, router) and monitoring tools.

Theory Contents:

1. Introduction to network (Periods-08 hrs. Mks-10) 1.1Network architecture, Types of networks, Uses of Computer Networks, Network Hardware, Network Software, 1.2 Network topologies, Media, Types of Equipment

2. Digital Transmission (Periods-14 hrs. Mks-15) 2.1 Channels, Types of communications, 2.2 digital transmission, analog transmission, 2.3 multiplexing, switching 2.4 Telephone Network, Dial-UP Modems 2.5 Digital Subscriber Line-ADSL, HDSL SDSL, VDSL 2.6 Cable TV networks, cable TV for data transfer.

3. Concepts of Layer Protocols (Periods-10 hrs. Mks-10) 3.1 Introduction, Layer interfaces, TCP/IP reference model, 3.2comparison of TCP/IP and OSI reference Model, 3.3 Communications between layers, Protocols, 3.4 Peer to Peer Communication between Remote Layers, Service Access Points, Encapsulation of PDUs,

Page 78: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 78 -

3.5 Addition of headers on Transmission 3.6Removal on reception Segmentation & reassembly by protocol layers

4 OSI Reference Model (Periods-20 hrs. Mks-25 4.1Introduction, Need of layering

4.2 PHYSICAL LAYER: design issues 4.3 DATA LINK LAYER--

4.3.1 Introduction, 4.3.2 Error detection and Correction-block coding, linear block codes, cyclic codes, checksum 4.3.3 Data link control-Framing-fixed size& variable size 4.3.4flow and error control, protocols, noiseless channels hdlc, point to point protocols 4.3.5 Multiple access- CSMA/CD-Carrier sense multiple access, carrier sense multiple access with collision ejection (CSMA/CD), carrier sense multiple access with collision Avoidance (CSMA/CA), 4.3.6 Controlled access- Reservation , Polling, Token Passing 4.3.7 channelization- Frequency division multiple access (FDMA), Time-division multiple access(TDMA),Code- division multiple access(CDMA)

4.4 NETWORK LAYER- 4.4.1 Logical addressing-IPV4 addresses, Address space, Notation, Class ful addressing, Classless addressing 4.4.2 IPv6 ADDRESSES- Introduction to IPv6,Structures, Address space, 4.4.3 internetworking-Need for network layer, Internet as datagram network, Internet as connectionless network, Datagram, Fragmentation, Checksum, Options 4.4.4 Address mapping-Mapping logical to physical addresses ARP, Mapping physical to logical address: RARP , BOOTP and DHCP,ICMP-Types of messages ,Message format, Error reporting, Query ,Debugging tools 4.4.5 delivery-Direct versus indirect delivery, FORWARDING-Forwarding techniques, Forwarding process, Routing table 4.4.6 unicast routing protocols -Optimization, intra and interdomain routing, distance vector routing, link state routing, path vector routing 4.4.7 Multicast routing protocols- Unicast, multicast & broadcast, routing protocols

4.5 TRANSPORT LAYER- 4.5.1 Process to processs delivery: User datagram protocol (UDP)—Well known ports for udp, user datagram, checksum, TCP services, TCP features 4.5.2 congestion control and quality of service: data traffic, Traffic descriptor, Traffic profiles, congestion, Network performance, congestion control,, Routing Algorithms

4.6 PRESENTATION LAYER, SESSION LAYER, APPLICATION LAYER— 4.6.1 Name space, Flat name space, Hierarchical name space, Domain name space, Label, domain name, domain Distribution of name space, Remote logging(TELNET) , electronic mail(message transfer agent SMTP), Message access agent-POP & IMAP, FTP ,anonymous FTP 4.6.2 WWW & HTTP—Architecture client and server, uniform resource locator ,cookies, WEB document—static & dynamic, active HTTP-HTTP transaction, persistent versus, Non persistent connection, proxy server, SNMP

5. LAN Interconnection (Periods-12 hrs. Mks-10) 5.1 Introduction of a Local Area Network ,Ethernet ,Network Interface Card, , 5.2Access to the Shared Medium (Cable),Transceiver, Collision Detection (CD),Ethernet Transceiver (detection of current), Higher Speed Communication, 5.3Wireless Ethernet (WiFi) Repeaters, Bridges and Switches, 5.4Packet forwarding; Internal queuing of packets, Address Tables, Filtering And Security, 5.5Virtual LANs, Packet Forwarding, Routing Tables

Sr. No.

Main Topics No.Of Contact Hrs.

Marks Weightage %

# M / E / D

1. Introduction to network 08 10 15 D 2. Digital Transmission 14 15 20 E 3. Concepts of Layer Protocols 10 10 15 D 4. OSI Reference Model 20 25 35 M 5. LAN Interconnection 12 10 15 E Total

64

70

100

# # M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Introduction to network 2. Digital Transmission 3. Concepts of Layer Protocols

Page 79: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 79 -

Section II 4. OSI Reference Model 5. LAN Interconnection Total Theory Hours = 64 hrs Total Practical hours: 32 Hrs. List of Practical:

1. Demonstrate and explain types of Network Architecture 2. Demonstrate the topology used with computer network 3. Demonstrate the transmission media used to establish computer networks 4. Demonstrate and explain network devices 5. Design of Computer Network (Network Topologies) 6. Demonstrate Printer Sharing 7. Demonstrate File Sharing 8. Study of Network Monitoring Tool

Implementation Strategy (Planning):

• Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan. • Panning the Term work by assessing the practical performed by the students in the laboratory. • Assignment to practice at home. • Conducting the periodical test. • Use of Powerpoint presentations during theory class.

Reference Books:

1. Computer Network By- A. S. Tanenbaum 2. Data Communication and Networking By- Behrouz A Forouzan

Additional References:

1. Data and Computer Communications By-William Stallings 2. Data communications And Distributed Networks By -U.D.Black,Prentice-Hall

Web References:

1. http://www.idc-online.com/technical_references/pdfs/data_communications/Data_Communication_and_Networking.pdf 2. http://nitttrc.ac.in/Four%20quadrant/dcn/Quadrant%20-%203/FAQ_PDF.pdf 3. http://ieee-books.blogspot.in/2012/09/data-communications-and-networking-by_15.html

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 80: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 80 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One paper – 3hrs, Theory: 100 Mks, Lecture: 3/Week, Pract. : 2/Week, T/W: 25 Marks, Pract. : 50 Marks, Credit: 5) COMPUTER GRAPHICS (168917)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: IV

Subject: Computer Graphics Code: 168917

Group: A

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Computer Graphics 3 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 A 168917 325

Objective:

This subject intends to teach the students the basic graphics primitives, based on turbo C++ compiler, graphics utilities. The advent of animation industry has brought graphics into focus as never before. Outcomes:

1. Design, implement, test, and debug programs for different algorithms of line, circles, ellipse etc. 2. Apply various primitive function provided by C in the library file “graphics.h”. 3. Write programs for basic transformations like translation, rotation, scaling on 2-D objects. 4. Explain how Line / Polygon Clipping algorithms work and compare these algorithms. 5. Analyse & compare different shading algorithms and their models.

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction (Periods – 04, Marks –12)

1.1. The origins of computer graphics, 1.2. how the interactive graphic display works, 1.3. new display devices, 1.4. General purpose graphics software, 1.5. The user interface, 1.6. the display of solid objects

2. Derivation of basic graphic primitives (Periods – 10, Marks – 16)

2.1. Coordinate system sine, Circle, Ellipse, algorithm explanations 2.2. Implementation of the following:

Pixel blotting, line drawing, Circle & Ellipse drawing, Bezier & B-spline curves-representation & properties

3. 2D & 3D transformations (Periods – 10, Marks – 22) 3.1. 2D Transformation principles, Concatenation, Matrix representation, 3.2. 3D Transformation: scaling, rotation, translation, rotation about arbitrary axis. 3.3. Sample problems on 2D & 3D with sample coordinates to illustrate above algorithms

4. Clipping & Windowing (Periods –08, Marks – 16)

4.1. A line clipping algorithm, 4.2. Midpoint subdivision, clipping other graphic entities, 4.3. Polygon clipping 4.4. Viewing transformations, the windowing transformations

5. Introduction to advance graphics topics (Periods – 08, Marks –12)

5.1. Segments,

Page 81: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 81 -

5.2. Aliasing & anti aliasing, 5.3. Hidden line, surfaces, shading. 5.4. Video editing: Capturing Video & Audio, ‘Titel’ing, Mixing & premier.

6. Raster graphics fundamentals (Periods – 05, Marks – 14)

6.1. Introduction , 6.2. Generating a raster image, 6.3. The frame buffer, display, Representing a raster image, 6.4. Scan converting, Line drawing, 6.5. Displaying characters Speed of scan conversion Natural images

7. Raster display hardware (Periods – 03, Marks – 08)

7.1. Raster display devices, 7.2. The frame buffers, The random access frame buffers, 7.3. Raster graphics and interactive graphics, Need for graphics standards, Graphics standards: CORE GKS PHIGS IGES

CGM VDI 7.4. Advantages of Graphics standards, Hazards of Graphics, standards.

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Introduction 04 12 05% D 2. Derivation of basic graphic primitives 10 16 22% M 3. 2D & 3D transformations 10 22 08% E 4. Clipping & Windowing 08 16 25% M 5. Introduction to advance graphics topics 08 12 08% E 6. Raster graphics fundamentals 05 14 22% M 7. Raster display hardware 03 08 06% E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 48 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction 2. Derivation of basic graphic primitives 3. 2D & 3D transformations Section II 4. Clipping & Windowing 5. Introduction to advance graphics topics 6. Raster graphics fundamentals 7. Raster display hardware Total Theory Hours: 48 Hrs Total Practical Hours: 32 Hrs. List of Experiments: Requirements:- Minimum requirement is an IBM PC XT or AT with C Compiler. Assignments for the Graphics Laboratory

1. Program for Pixel Drawing 2. Program for Line drawing by DDA 3. Program for Line drawing by Bresenham’s 4. Program for Circle Drawing by DDA 5. Program for Circle Drawing by Bresenham’s 6. Program for Circle Drawing by midpoint 7. Program for Ellipse Drawing (midpoint) 8. Program for Transformation (2D & 3D) 9. Program for Introduction to Standard CG Packages 10. Program for Line Clipping by Sutherland-Cohen 11. Program for Line Clipping by midpoint subdivision 12. Program for Text Generation

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy : 1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan 2. Termwork plan for practical implementation.

Page 82: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 82 -

3. Hands on practice in the laboratory. 4. Conducting 2 periodical tests . 5. Problems on transformation. 6. Use of PPT/ vedios/ Models as a teaching aid.

Reference Books:

1. Computer Graphics a programming approach by Steven Harrington 2. Computer Graphics by David Rogers.

Additional References :

1. Interactive Computer Graphics by Numan 2. Computer Graphics by A.P.Godse.

Web References: 1) www.insidecg.com 2) www.graphics.standard.edu

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 83: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 83 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(Practical – 2 / week, Credit – 2, Stress Management (168919)

Total Practical contact Hrs: 32 Hrs) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: IV

Subject: Stress Management Code: 168919

Group: M

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and

Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Tota

l

Stress Management - 2 - -- -- - --. -- -- M 168919 022

Objectives: This subject is design to provide overview of Yoga, Meditation, Art of Living, Stress Management and Spiritual Power in human Being as support Engineer to achieve Auxiliary skill. Course Outcomes: Students will able to 1. Learn knowledge about the basic technique and practice of yoga, including instruction in Breath control, meditation, and physical postures 2. Develop physical competency and mental concentration 3. Gain an intellectual and theoretical understanding of the principles embodied in the Yoga Sutras, 4. Increase efficiency, concentration, inner power and enhance the spiritual power for improving Learning Skill. Contents: 1. HISTORICAL BACKGROUND AND YOGA (Period: 10 Hrs.) (LEARNING) i) Yoga in Vedas ii) Yoga and its Principles iii) Consciousness iv) Yoga approach and Scientific view v) Pranayama: Breath Control, Breath and Postures, Rhythmic Breathing vi) Controlling the Body, Mechanism of Body: Kriyas and its high Therapeutic value. vii) Body as understood in its frame work systems and structure:.Asanas – Cultural and Relaxation Asanas - viii) Muscles strength, Muscular coordination strength of Immune system ix) Relation and Reflection techniques Shavasana – Shakshi Bhavanam. x) Bandhas and Mudras. xi) Depth of perception and expansion of awareness xii ) Gross level – Muscular stretches xiii) Subtle level – Respiration changes and normalizing breath 2. MEDITATION AND ITS TECHNIQUES: (Period: 10 Hrs.) Meditative postures and kinds of Meditation

Bodily Benefits – Lower Blood Pressure ,lowers the levels of blood lactate, improves the immune system, increases body vitality, controls insomnia and increases overall health of the body

Page 84: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 84 -

Violence Free Society – Meditation develops happiness, contentment and calmness. When increasing number of people practice meditation, it has a calming effect on the environment. This is a potent way to achieve a violence free society.

Mental Benefits – Emotional stability, anxiety decreases, anger reduces, happiness increases, and intuition develops clarity and peace of mind, induces ability to focus, and reduces tension and fear.

Value Based Society – The effects of meditation include happiness, respect for the environment and others, appreciation of diversity in nature, a strong sense of social values. These qualities an individual level, helps develop a value based social system.

Spiritual Growth – Consciousness evolves, meditation brings harmony in creation, personal transformation, realization of SELF

Trusting, Happy and Content Society – These are the objectives of any society. Meditation empowers a society to achieve these qualities. 3. ART OF LIVING (Period: 08 Hrs.)

1. Sudarshan Kriya 2. Life Skills 3. Ancient Wisdom 4. Practical knowledge to deal with the daily challenges of life 5. Interactive exercises 6. Dealing with your emotions 7. Improving Communication skills and Relationship

4. STRESS MANAGEMENT FOR STUDENTS (Period: 04 Hrs.) Stress management techniques:

1. Time management techniques 2. Organization techniques 3. Create a study environment 4. Memorization techniques 5. Be an Optimist 6. Sleep Well 7. Study Techniques

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY AND PRACTICE SKILL 1. The students will be performing practice sessions covering above topics. 2. Live demonstration along with content delivery sessions will be conducted. 3. The lecture room/ Hall separately will be assigned batchwise as per Time Table for Male (Boys) and Female (Girls) as where an applicable depending upon relevant topics. 4. The materials/ Items required example Yoga Matt/ Chatai/corresponding matt / towels / chadar are to be brought by students only for particular topics.

BOOK LIST:- 1. The Yoga Sutra of Patanjali M.R.Yardi, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Pune 2. Indian Philosophy by Dr. S. Radhakrishanan 3. Introduction to Indian Philosophy by Dutta & Chatterji 4. Outlines of Indian Philosophy by Hiriyanna. Book for reference 1. The Yoga system of Patanjali, James, Hougton , wood. 2. Yoga a sutras of Patanjali – Sadhana pada with Exposition of Vyasa 3. Light of Yoga ( on Yama – Niyama) by B.K.S. Iyenger, Iyenger Institute Pune 4. Hatha Yoga Pradeepika – Yogi Swatmarama 5. Science of Yoga by I.K.Taimini Web references:

1. http://www.artofliving.org 2. http://www.bkwsu.org 3. http://www.theyogainstitute.org 4. http://www.managingstress.com

The above syllabus will be taken concerned expert of the field/ relevant to performance / performing practices, 02 credits are equivalent to (02 hours) practice session. Attendance and performance is mandatory for granting the term and earning the credits as per attendance rule.

Page 85: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 85 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper : 3 Hrs., Theory: 100 Mks., Lec:2/week, Prac:4/week, Oral: 50, Credit :6) DATA WARE HOUSING (168922)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: IV

Subject: Data Ware Housing Code: 168922

Group: A

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions

and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Data Ware Housing 2 4 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 -- 50 175 A 168922 246

Objectives:

At present, Data ware housing is used by most of leading enterprises for decision support system. After studying this subject student will be able to understand the architecture and Infrastructure of Data Warehousing. It covers data extraction, modeling and data ware housing using web. The student will be able to (a) Understand the Architecture and Infrastructure of Data Warehousing (b) Define the Data Model and able to extract, transform data in the required format (c) Understand Web- enabled Data Warehouse (d) Distinguish different frameworks of Data warehousing Models Course Outcomes

1. Describe the Architectural and Infrastructural blocks of Data Warehousing 2. Distinguish between data warehouses and data marts 3. Describe the web-enabled Data Warehouse. 4. Install and use various ETL tools for DWH operations 5. Apply the star schema model to a business case problem 6. Identify different models used for OLAP and create a date cube report

Theory Contents: 1. Overview and Concepts of Data Warehousing (Periods-4 hrs. Marks-10)

1.1 Need for Data warehousing 1.2 Defining Features 1.3 Data warehouse and Data Marts 1.4 Overview of the Components

1.4.1 Source data component 1.4.2 Data staging Component 1.4.3 Data storage Component 1.4.4 Information Delivery Component 1.4.5 Metadata Component 1.4.6 Management and Control Component

1.5 Metadata in the Data Warehouse 1.5.1 Types of Metadata 1.5.2 Special Significance

1.6 Data warehouse Expansion 1.7 Significant Trends 1.8 Web enabled Data Ware house

1.8.1 The warehouse to the Web

Page 86: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 86 -

1.8.2 The Web to the Warehouse 1.8.3 The Web –Enabled Configuration

2. Data Warehouse Architecture (Periods-4 hrs. Marks-12) 2.1 The Architectural Components

2.1.1 Distinguishing Characteristics 2.1.2 Architectural Framework

2.1.2.1 Architectural Supporting Flow of Data 2.1.2.2 The Management and Control Module

2.1.3 Technical Architecture 2.2 Infrastructure as the foundation for Data Warehousing

2.2.1 Infrastructure Supporting Architecture 2.2.2 Hardware and Operating System 2.2.3 Database Software 2.2.4 Collection of Tools

2.2.4.1 Data Modelling 2.2.4.2 Data Extraction 2.2.4.3 Data Transformation 2.2.4.4 Data loading 2.2.4.5 Data Quality 2.2.4.6 Queries and Reports 2.2.4.7 Online analytical Processing(OLAP)

3. Data Extraction, Transformation, and Loading (Periods-06 hrs. Marks-14) 3.1 ETL Overview

3.1.1 Most Important and Most challenging 3.1.2 Time-consuming and Arduous 3.1.3 ETL Requirements and Steps

3.2 Data Extraction 3.2.1 Source Identification 3.2.2 Data Extraction techniques 3.2.3 Evaluation of the Techniques

3.3 Data Transformation 3.3.1 Data Transformation: Basic tasks 3.3.2 Major Transformation Types 3.3.3 Data Integration and Consolidation 3.3.4 Transformation for Dimension Attributes 3.3.5 How to implement Transformation

3.4 Data Loading 3.4.1 Applying Data: Techniques and Processes 3.4.2 Data Refresh Versus Update 3.4.3 Procedure for Dimension Tables 3.4.4 Fact Tables: History and Incremental Loads

4. OLAP in the Data Warehouse (Periods-06 hrs. Marks-14) 4.1 Demands for Online Analytical Processing

4.1.1 Need for Multidimensional Analysis 4.1.2 Fast access and powerful Calculations 4.1.3 Limitations of Other Analysis Methods

4.2 Major Features and functions 4.2.1 General Features 4.2.2 Dimensional Analysis 4.2.3 What are Hypercubes? 4.2.4 Drill-Down and Roll-Up 4.2.5 Slice- and-Dice or rotation

4.3 OLAP Models 4.3.1 Overview of Variations 4.3.2 The MOLAP Model 4.3.3 The ROLAP Model 4.3.4 ROLAP Versus OLAP

4.4 OLAP implementation Considerations 4.4.1 Data Design and Preparation 4.4.2 Administration and Performance 4.4.3 OLAP Platforms 4.4.4 OLAP Tools and Products

Page 87: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 87 -

4.4.5 Implementation steps 5. Principles of Dimensional Modeling (Periods-04hrs. Marks-18)

5.1. From Requirements to Data Design 5.1.1 Design Decisions 5.1.2 Dimensional Modeling Basics 5.1.3 E-R Modeling Versus Dimensional Modeling 5.1.4 Use of CASE Tools

5.2. The STAR Schema 5.2.1 Review of Simple STAR Schema 5.2.2 Inside a Dimensional table 5.2.3 inside the Fact Table 5.2.4 The Factless Fact table 5.2.5 Data Granularity

5.3. STAR Schema Keys 5.3.1 Primary Keys 5.3.2 Surrogate Keys 5.3.3 Foreign Keys

5.4 Updates to the Dimension Tables 5.4.1 Slowly Changing the Dimensions 5.4.2 Type 1 Changes: Correction of Errors 5.4.3 Type 2 Changes: Preservation of History 5.4.4 Type 3 Changes: Tentative Soft Revisions

6. Significant Role Of Metadata (Periods-04 hrs. Marks-16) 6.1 Why Metadata Is Important 6.2 Metadata Types by Functional Areas

6.2.1 Data acquisition 6.2.2 Data Storage 6.2.3 Information Delivery

6.3 Business Metadata and Technical Metadata 6.4 How to provide Metadata

6.4.1 Metadata Requirements 6.4.2 Sources Of Metadata 6.4.3 Metadata Repository

7. Data Warehousing and the Web (Periods-04 hrs. Marks-16) 7.1 Web-Enabled Data Warehouse

7.1.1 Why the Web? 7.1.2 Convergence of Technologies 7.1.3 Adapting the Data Warehouse for the Web 7.1.4 The Web as a Data Source

7.2 Web-Based Information Delivery 7.3 OLAP and the Web 7.4 Building a Web-Enabled Data Warehouse

Sr. No.

Main Topics No. of Contact Hrs.

Marks Weightage %

# M / E / D

1. Overview and Concepts of data warehousing

04 10 15 M

2. Data Warehouse Architecture 04 12 15 E 3. Data Extraction, Transformation, and

Loading 06 14 15 E

4. OLAP in the Data Warehouse 06 14 20 M 5. Principles of Dimensional Modelling 04 18 15 E 6. Significant Role Of Metadata 04 16 10 D 7. Data Warehousing and the Web 04 16 10 E

TOTAL

32

100

100%

# (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Overview and Concepts of data warehousing 2. Data Warehouse Architecture 3. Data Extraction, Transformation, and Loading

Page 88: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 88 -

4. OLAP in the Data Warehouse (Half Portion) Section II 4. OLAP in the Data Warehouse (remaining Half) 5. Principles of Dimensional Modelling 6. Significant Role Of Metadata 7. Data Warehousing and the Web

Total Theory Hours = 32 hrs. Total Practical Hours = 64 hrs.

List of Practicals : 1. To know concepts of data ware housing 2. To draw and understand various components of data ware housing architecture 3. To know the features of open source ETL tool 4. To Implement various function extraction, transformation and loading 5. To Create data ware house using Oracle 9i 6. Data Retrieve from Data Warehouse using Oracle 9i 7. Create a database using Analysis Manager & create a multi dimensional OLAP cube using STAR schema 8.Create a OLAP Cube Report IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING):

• Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan and conduction tutorials. • Home assignment to practice at home . • Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding.

Reference Books : 1.M.H.Dunham,”Data Mining:Introductory and Advanced Topics” Pearson Education 2. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, ”Data Mining Concepts & Techniques” Elsevier 3. Sam Anahory, Dennis Murray, “Data Warehousing in the Real World : A Practical Guide for Building Decision Support Systems, 1/e “ Pearson Education 4.Mallach,”Data Warehousing System”,McGraw –Hill 5.Data WareHousing Fundamentals By Paulraj Ponniah

Web Reference: 1. http://www.1keydata.com/datawarehousing/datawarehouse.html 2. http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg242238.pdf

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 89: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 89 -

DISCIPLINE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

SR. No.

SUBJECT NAME/ SUBJECT CODE

Pre-requisite Subject Code

Gr SCHEME L/P/Cr

L P D T Cr Hrs Mks SSL @

PAPER **

TW @

PR **OR **TOTAL

1 # Web Technology (168921) -- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 426

2# Fibre Optic Communication (160908) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 50 -- 50 200 A* 325

3 # Information Theory & Coding (160909)

-- 3 2 -- 1 6 3 100 30 70 50 -- 50 200 C* 336

4 Elective I (Any One)

4.1 # Object Oriented Modelling And Design (160910)

-- 3 2 -- 1 6 3 100 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 336

4.2 # Network Administration (168920)

-- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 246

5 Multimedia & Animation (160911) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 -- -- -- -- 50 50 -- 100 A 246

6 Middleware Technologies (160912)

-- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A 325

7 Internet Security (160913) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 A 246

8 IT Innovative Project & Practices -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- A --

TOTAL -- 20 18 -- 2 40 No.of papers= 6 180 420 325 250 100 1275

TOTAL PERIODS= 40 TOTAL MARKS= 1275

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND

PERIODS PER WEEK

THEORY PAPER

DURATION AND MARKS

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

SHRI BHAGUBHAI MAFATLAL POLYTECHNIC

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

w.e.f. Batch admitted in June, 2016 (progressively)SEMESTER: V

* Compulsory, # Award Winning. ** Assessed by Internal and External Examiners Jointly, @ Assessed by Internal Examiner onlyL- Lecture Period, P- Practical Period, D-Drawing Practice Period, T- Tutorial, Cr-Credit, SSL-Sessional, TW- Term WorkPR-Practical, OR-OralGR- Group, B-Basic, C-Core, A-Application, M-Management

Page 90: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 90 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘16

(One Paper : 3 Hrs., Theory : 100 Mks, Lect/ Week – 4, Prac: 2/Week,Practical – 50 Mks, T.W. : 50 Mks, Credit : 6) WEB TECHNOLOGY (168921)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: V Subject: Web Technology Code: 168921 Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme :

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers,

duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Web Technology 4 2 -- 1, 3hrs, 100 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 168921 426

Objective:

This course is designed to provide overview of Web Design. Students will be able to add client side and server side script. This course also provides overview of Active Server Pages. The student will be able to:

1. Learn Web page Designing and relevant software aspects. 2. Develop the Web page and principle of operation of all relevant topics.

Course Outcomes:

1. Discuss parser and use of XML, DTD, and XML Schemas. 2. Build dynamic web pages using VBScript (client side programming). 3. To build interactive web applications using ASP (Serverside programming) 4. Discuss WWW,web site planning and hosting a website. 5. Explain the concept of search engine.

Theory Contents: 1. INTRODUCTION TO WWW (Periods-06hrs, Mks-08)

1.1. Evolution of www, Basic features 1.2. web browser architecture 1.3. Basic features, Book marks, History, Progress Indicators 1.4. personalization of Browsers, printing displayed page and Forms 1.5. Saving web pages, Netscape, Communicator

2. WEB PUBLISHING (Periods-06hrs, Mks-08)

2.1. Technology overview, web site planning 2.2. where to Host your web site 2.3. Multiple Sites on one server 2.4. maintaining a Web site 2.5. Publishing Tools

3. XML, DHTML,XHTML (Periods-08 hrs, Mks-14)

3.1. Introduction to XML 3.2. XML-Document type Definition(DTD), Schema 3.3. Extensible Style sheet Language(XSLT) 3.4. DHTML, events, event handlers in DHTML 3.5. Introduction to XHTML

Page 91: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 91 -

4. INTRODUCTION TO VB SCRIPT (Periods-10hrs, Mks-14) 4.1. Character set 4.2. Variables and Data types 4.3. Declaration of variables 4.4. VBScript Operators 4.5. Conditional statements 4.6. Looping statements 4.7. VB Script Functions & Subroutines

4.7.1. Conversion functions 4.7.2. String manipulation Functions 4.7.3. Writing subroutines using sub & end sub 4.7.4. Argument passing to subroutine 4.7.5. Writing a functions, calling a function

4.8. VB Script’s Built-in Functions

5. INTRODUCTION TO SERVERSIDE PROGRAMMING-ASP (Periods-18hrs, Mks-28) 5.1. Concept of personal web server, internet information server (IIS). 5.2. Introduction to active server pages 5.3. Running ASP Pages 5.4. Built in ASP objects 5.5. Using Request object

5.5.1Collecting the form information 5.5.2Read cookies

5.6. Using Response object 5.6.1. What is the Response Object? 5.6.2. Sending HTML to the Browser 5.6.3. Buffering ASP Pages 5.6.4. Sending the User to another Page 5.6.5. Cookies 5.6.6. Caching Your ASP Pages

5.7. Maintaining Persistent Information on the web using Application and Session Object 5.8. Server Object 5.9. ASP Components

5.9.1. Introduction to all ASP components 5.9.2. Using the Ad rotator component 5.9.3. Content linker and its users 5.9.4. Browser capabilities component

6. DATABASE ACCESS USING ASP (Periods-10hrs, Marks-14mks) 6.1. Communicating with a database using ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) 6.2. Connecting to a Database Using Connection Object

6.2.1. Opening and Closing the connection 6.2.2. Properties of the Connection 6.2.3. Using a System DSN 6.2.4. Using a DSN-less Connection

6.3. Reading Data from DataBase using Recordset Object 6.3.1. Information Retrieval using Fields Collection 6.3.2. Sorting Recordsets 6.3.3. Filtering Recordsets Based on User Input

6.4. Using SQL statements to Query Data 6.5. Using Advanced Database Techniques

7. SEARCH ENGINES (Periods-06hrs, Mks-14)

7.1. Technology overview 7.2. Types of search engines 7.3. how to register a web site on search Engines. 7.4. Algorithms-PageRanking

Page 92: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 92 -

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage # M / E / D No. Contact Hrs. % 1. INTRODUCTION TO WWW 06 08 10 M 2. WEB PUBLISHING 06 08 10 E 3. XML, DHTML,XHTML 08 14 20 E 4. INTRODUCTIONTO VB SCRIPT 10 14 10 M 5. INTRODUCTION TO SERVERSIDE 18 28 25 E PROGRAMMING-ASP 6. DATABASE ACCESS USING ASP 10 14 15 M 7. SEARCH ENGINES 06 14 10 D _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 64 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

1. INTRODUCTION TO WWW Section I:

2. WEB PUBLISHING 3. XML, DHTML,XHTML 4. INTRODUCTIONTO VB SCRIPT 5 INTRODUCTION TO SERVERSIDE PROGRAMMING-ASP(5.1-5.4)

5. INTRODUCTION TO SERVERSIDE PROGRAMMING-ASP (5.5-5.9) Section II

6. DATABASE ACCESS USING ASP 7. SEARCH ENGINES Total Theory Hrs.= 64 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 32 hrs.

List of Practical

1. Study of Extensible Markup Language 2. Design Web Page using Extensible style Sheet Language 3. Design Dynamic web page using VB Script 4. Demonstrate the installation of IIS 5. Program based on collecting the form information using ASP objects 6. Program Based on Cookie in ASP 7. Design Login form in ASP 8. Program based on Database connectivity using ASP 9. Program based on Database connectivity using System DSN 10. Program based on Database connectivity using DSN-less Connection 11. Program based on Database connectivity using XML 12. Program based on Inserting ,Updating and Deleting Database Records 13. Program based on Maintaining Persistent Information on the web using Session and Application objects. 14. Design a Web site using ASP

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING) : In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan 2. Termwork plan for practical implementation. 3.Hands on practice in the laboratory. 4. conducting 2 periodical tests . 5.home assinments on algorithms, searching techniques etc. 6. use of PPT as a teaching aid.

Reference Books :

1. Discover ASP 3.0 By D’Souza 2. Web Technologies By Achyut Godbole & Atul Kahate 3. Internet for Everyone- Leon Tech world By Alexis Leon and Mathews Leon

Additional References: 1. Sams Teach Yourself Active Server Pages 3.0 in 21Days By Scott Mitchell, James Atkinson 2. Internet in a Nutshell By Alexis Leon & Mathes Leon, Vikas Publications 3. world wide web design with html By C Xavier

Page 93: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 93 -

Web references: 1. www.microsoft.com 2. www.w3schools.com 3. www.onlinetutorials.com

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 94: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 94 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(Theory = 100 Marks, T.W.= 50 Marks, Oral= 50 Marks, Lecture 3/week ,Practical 2/week, Credit: 5) FIBRE OPTIC COMMUNICATION (160908)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: FIBRE OPTIC COMMUNICATION Code: 160908

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

FIBRE OPTIC COMMUNICATION 3 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 50 -- 50 200 A* 160908 325

Objectives: This subject introduces advanced communication techniques using Fibre Optics includes fundamental, properties & applications such as Creating the optical signal involving the use of a transmitter, relaying the signal along the fiber, ensuring that the signal does not become too distorted or weak, receiving the optical signal, and converting it into an electrical signal. Course Outcomes: To understand:

1. Define the principle of light propagation in Fiber optics and compute the Numerical Aperture for different values of radius and distance.

2. Investigate the losses associated with fiber & types of dispersion. 3. Classify different types of cables and connectors, different optical sources and detectors. 4. Describe the fiber manufacturing and testing methods, attenuation for Fiber Optics communication. 5. Describe optical network, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing techniques

Theory Content 1. Fundamentals of Fibre Optics (Periods- 8 hrs, Mks-12)

1.1. Block diagram Optical fibre communication system, 1.2. Advantages and disadvantages 1.3. Physics Principles - Basic Optical Laws of light Reflection, Refraction 1.4. Ray theory – Refractive Index, Critical angle, acceptance angel, Numerical aperture 1.5. Total Internal Reflection, Optic Fibre Structure 1.6. Classification of fibres - Step index single mode fibre, step index Multimode fibre, Graded index fibre. 1.7. Refractive Index profile, Standard dimensions. Number of modes 1.8. Advantages, disadvantages of single mode, multimode fibre.

2. Transmission Properties of optical Fibre (Periods-7 hrs, Mks-12) 2.1. Attenuation 2.2. Fibre losses – material absorption, scattering and bending losses 2.3. Dispersion in fibre- intra (material and waveguide) modal, intermodal dispersion

3. Optical Fibre Cable (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-14) 3.1. Fibre materials, fibre selection, 3.2. Optical fibre cable Manufacturing process - perform and fibre drawing process. 3.3. Part of fibre cable, types of Cables – Indoor cables, Breakout, Ribbon, Outdoor, Aerial, Tightly Buffered loose Tube, typical

cables with Duty Specification, Environment and Applications, Cable Laying process. 4. Optical sources and detectors (Periods-9 hrs, Mks-22)

4.1. Transmission –

Page 95: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 95 -

4.2. optical Sources - Basic concept of optical absorption and emission of radiations from semiconductor material, Population inversion, Energy level diagrams, Light emitting diode(LED), Heterojunctions semiconductor injection LASERs, structures and characteristics, Frequency Spectrum

4.3. Receiver – Basic detection Principle, Absorption coefficient , Quantum efficiency, responsively, cut-off wavelength, Photo Detectors( PN diode, PIN diode, avalanche photo diode) Performance, Receiver Power, Pre Amplification, Amplification.

5. Other Components / Devices Uses (Periods-8 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1. Splicing – Mechanical, Fusion, alignment and Joint looses 5.2. Fibre Connectors Types, Attenuation 5.3. Link power budget bandwidth consideration

6. Optical Measurements and Instruments (Periods-7 hrs, Mks-14) 6.1. Optical bandwidth, Decibels, Bit Error Rates. 6.2. Fibre Continuity test 6.3. Optical Power Metres Optical Time Domain Reflectometry (OTDR),

7. Optical Networks (Periods-3 hrs, Mks-12) 7.1. Introduction, Optical Multiplexing – WDM, DWDM 7.2. Optical Amplifier- Rare earth doped amplifier,

Sr. Main Topics No of Hrs Marks %weightage # M / E / D 1 Fundamentals of Fibre Optics 8 12 15% M 2 Transmission Properties of optical Fibre 7 12 12% M 3 Optical Fibre Cable 6 14 15% E 4 Optical sources and detectors 9 22 20% M 5 Other Components / Devices Uses 8 14 16% E 6 Optical Measurements and Instruments 7 14 12% E 7 Optical Networks 3 12 10% D

Total ________

48 ________

100 ___________

100% ___________

# (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Fundamentals of Fibre Optics 2. Transmission Properties of optical Fibre 3. Optical Fibre Cable 4. Optical sources and detectors (Half Portion) Section II 4. Optical sources and detectors (Remaining Half Portion) 5. Other Components / Devices Uses 6. Optical Measurements and Instruments 7. Optical Networks Total Theory Hours: 48 Hrs. Total Practical Hours: 32 Hrs. List of practicals :

1. Study of fibre optics structure. 2. Study of various types of optical fibre.

a) Step index fibre b) Graded index fibre.

3. Measurement of Numerical aperture and acceptance angle using manual method 4. Measurement of Numerical aperture and acceptance angle using Module 5. Measurements of various coupling loses in optical fibre Using Module 6. Design a optical link and calculate overall attenuation per unit length. 7. Study of different types of cables of optical fibre 8. Study of Light sources for optical fibre communication. 9. Study of Light detectors for optical fibre communication. 10. Study of optical power Optical Time Domain Reflectometry (OTDR),

One day Field visit can be arranged for demonstration of OTDR, types of cables & testing of cables. IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy:

Page 96: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 96 -

1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan

2. Termwork plan for practical implementation.

3. Hands on practice in the laboratory.

4. Conducting 2 periodical tests.

Reference Books: 1. Optical Fibre Communication - By Senior 2. Optical Fibre Communication - By Kaiser

Additional References: 1. Electronic communication system by William Schweber

Web References: 1. www.educypedia.karadimov.info/library/accang.swf 2. www.ee.buffalo.edu 3. www.perg.phy.ksu.edu/vgm/laserwb 4. www.photonics.byu.edu/fibercalculateror.htm

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 97: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 97 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper – 3 hrs, Theory: - 100 Marks, T.W. = 50 Marks, Practical =50Mks, Lecture: 3/Week, Pract. : 2/Week, Credit: 6) Information Theory and coding (160909)

SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: Information Theory and coding Code: 160909

Group: C*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week

No. of Papers,

duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Information Theory and coding 3 2 1 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 50 -- 50 200 C* 160909 336

Objective: The aims of this course are to introduce the principles and applications of information theory and how information is measured in terms of probability and entropy. This course also gives the idea about file formats, various compression techniques so student can have knowledge about image compression, video compression and codec algorithms. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to: 1. Describe the digital communication ,measure physical quantities: text, audio and speech 2. Compute Entropy for encoded and decoded messages. 3. Describe Image Compression and decompression Techniques 4. Describe the various file formats and characteristics 5. Explain Video Compression and Decompression

Theory Contents: 1. INFORMATION THEORY (Periods-8 hrs, Mks-14) 1.1 Information – Entropy, Information rate, units of information 1.2 Shennon’s Theorem for noisy channel 2. TEXT, AUDIO AND SPEECH (Periods-4 hrs, Mks-22) 2.1 Text. 2.2 sound: Nature of sound, Pitch & frequency, loudness & amplitude, dynamic and bandwidth 2.3 Computer representation of sound, audio file format, audio hardware and software, 2.4 MIDI data, MIDI files, MIDI S/W, MIDI Sound Attributes, 2.5 MIDI v/s digital audio. 3. IMAGE COMPRESSION / DECOMPRESSION (Periods-12 hrs, Mks-36) 3.1 Need, Types, Introduction to Standardization of Algorithm, Source, Entropy and Hybrid Encoding 3.2 JPEG-objectives, Architecture, 3.3 JPEG-DCT encoding Quantization, 3.4 JPEG-stastical coding, 3.5 JPEG LS- Block diagram, predictive encoding 3.6 Basics of JPEG 2000 4. FILE FORMATS (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-14) 4.1 Data and File Format Standards, PNG, 4.2 BMP, bmp header, bitmap info header, bitmap compression. 4.3 TIFF, TIFF File Format 4.4 RTF, rich text format, 4.5 RIFF, Organization of RIFF Chunks, RIFF Waveform Audio File Format 4.6 GIF, GIF File Data Blocks, GIF file organization, 4.7 AVI-file format,

Page 98: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 98 -

4.8 MP3-MP4, WAV, 5. VIDEO COMPRESSION / DECOMPRESSION (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1 Need of video compression Types, Spatial Compression, Motion Compression Temporal Compression. 5.2 Introduction to Standardization of Algorithm for video compression / decompression MPEG standard. 5.3 MPEG-objectives, Architecture, BIT stream syntax performance, 5.4 MPEG2 & MPEG4. Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. INFORMATION THEORY 08 14 15 E 2. TEXT, AUDIO AND SPEECH 08 22 15 E 3. IMAGE COMPRESSION / DECOMPRESSION 12 36 35 M 4. FILE FORMATS 10 14 20 M 5. VIDEO COMPRESSION / DECOMPRESSION 10 14 15 M

Total 48 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Information theory 2. Text, audio and speech 3. Image compression / decompression section II 3. Image compression / decompression 4. File formats 5. Video compression / decompression Total Theory Hrs.= 48 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 32 hrs.

List of practical:

1. Implementation of Entropy calculation 2. Implementation of arithmetic encoding algorithm 3. Implementation of Huffman encoding algorithm 4. Implementation of run length encoding algorithm 5. Implementation of text file compression algorithm 6. Implementation Conversion of audio file into wave file. 7. Study of lossy and lossless compression techniques 8. Study of jpeg image compression standard 9. Study of mpeg compression standard. 10. Study of file formats.

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy: 1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan 2. Termwork plan for practical implementation. 3. Home assignment for algorithm practice. 4. Giving regular tutorials on important topics. Reference Books: 1. R Bose, “Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography”, TMH 2007 2. Fred Halsall, “Multimedia Communications: Applications, Networks, Protocols and Standards”, Perason Education Asia, 2002 3. Prabhat K. andheigh, Kiran Thakkar, John F-Multimedia system Design – Prentice Hall of India 4. Koegel Buford – Multimedia system – Pearson Education. 5. J.D.GIBSON – Multimedia Communication Directions and Innovations – Academics Press, Hardcourt India. Additional References: 1. K Sayood, “Introduction to Data Compression” 3/e, Elsevier 2006 2. S Gravano, “Introduction to Error Control Codes”, Oxford University Press 2007 Web References:

1. http://ee.standford.edu 2. http://www.inference.phy.com.ac.vk/mackay/itprnn/slides 3. http://en.wikipedia.org

Page 99: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 99 -

4. http://www.studymode.com 5. http://www.slideshare.net

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 100: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 100 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper – 3 hrs, Theory: - 100 Marks, T.W. = 50 Marks, Practical =50Mks, Lecture: 3/Week, Pract. : 2/Week,Credit: 6) OBJECT ORIENTED MODELLING AND DESIGN (160910)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: Object Oriented Modelling and Design Code: 160910

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions

and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Object Oriented Modelling and Design 3 2 1 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 160910 336

Objective: Object oriented modelling and design presents an Object Oriented approach to software development. It is based on modelling objects from the real world and then using the model to build a language-independent design. This subject shows how to use Object Oriented concepts throughout the entire software life cycle, from analysis through design implementation by using different models. The graphical notation i.e. described in subjects helps the software developer to visualize a problem before going for implementation. This subject will be useful for the student to understand the concepts of Object Oriented Programming System and to model these concepts using Unified Modelling Language (UML) for any application, before actually going for coding part. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to:

1. Interpret the meaning of Object Oriented Concepts 2. Differentiate between different modelling methodologies 3. Identify the UML notations for different UML diagrams 4. Design the class diagram, object diagram, interaction diagram, sequence diagram, collaboration, UseCase diagram, state

diagram, activity diagram, and Component & deployment diagram. Theory Contents: 1. Importance of Modelling (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-14)

1.1. Brief overview of Object Modelling Technology (OMT) by Ram Baugh, 1.2. Booch Methodology, Use Case driven approach (OOSE) by Jacobson, 1.3. Overview of CRC card method by Cunningham.

2. Object Modelling (Periods-8 hrs, Mks-22)

2.1. Objects and Classes (Object Diagrams, Attributes, Operations and Methods), 2.2. Links, Associations and Advanced Concepts (General Concepts, Multiplicity, Link Attributes, 2.3. Association as a Class, Roll names, Ordering, Qualification, Aggregation), 2.4. Generalizations and Inheritance, Grouping Constructs, Aggregation verses Association And Generalization, Recursive

Aggregates, and Propagation of Operations, 2.5. Abstract Classes, Multiple Inheritance, Metadata, Candidate Keys, Constraints, 2.6. Introduction to Dynamic and Functional Modelling.

3. Overview of UML (Periods-6 hrs, Mks-14)

3.1. Efforts of standardization/Integration, 3.2. OMG approval for UML, Scope of UML, Conceptual model of UML, 3.3. Architectural –Metamodel, Unified Software Development Lifecycle, 3.4. Introduction to UML Diagrams

4. UML – Structural Modelling (Periods-8 hrs, Mks-22)

4.1. Advanced Class Diagrams: - Advanced Classes and Relationships, 4.2. Interfaces, Types and Roles, Packages, Instances. Object Diagrams, 4.3. Component Diagrams: Terms and Concepts, Common modelling techniques. 4.4. Deployment Diagrams: Terms and Concepts, Common modelling techniques.

Page 101: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 101 -

5. UML Behavioral Modelling (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1. Use case diagram: Terms and Concepts, Modelling techniques, 5.2. Interaction diagram (Sequence and collaboration diagram): Terms and Concepts, Model ling techniques, 5.3. State chart diagram: Terms and Concepts, 5.4. Modelling techniques, Activity diagram: Terms and Concepts, Modelling techniques.

6. Architectural Modelling (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-14)

6.1. Components, Deployment, 6.2. Collaborations, Patterns & frameworks, 6.3. Component Diagrams, Deployment Diagrams

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Importance of Modelling 06 14 15 E 2. Object Modelling 08 22 20 E 3. Overview of UML 06 14 15 M 4. UML – Structural Modelling 08 22 20 M 5. UML Behavioral Modelling 10 14 15 M 6. Architectural Modelling 10 14 15 M

Total 48 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Importance of Modelling 2. Object Modelling 3. Overview of UML Section II 4. UML – Structural Modelling 5. UML Behavioral Modelling 6. Architectural Modelling Total Theory Hrs.= 48 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 32 hrs.

List of practical: For Practical consider Two case studies.

1. To demonstrate USECASE, class diagram. 2. To demonstrate activity, SWIMLane 3. To demonstrate object diagram, collaboration diagram 4. To demonstrate state chart diagram 5. To demonstrate component & deployment diagram

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan 2. Termwork plan for practical implementation. 3. Hands on practice in the laboratory. 4. Conducting 2 periodical tests. 5. Giving mini projects/ case study on various topics.

Reference Books:

1. Booch, Jacobson, Rumbaugh - The UML User Guide(Addison Wesley) (Refer for Third, Fourth and fifth Chapter) 2. Sinan Si Allie- Guide to applying the UML 3. Jon Holt- UML for System Engg.

Additional References: 1. Object Oriented Modelling and Designing (Refer for First and Second Chapter) by Rumbaugh, Blaha 2. Practical OOD with UML–.( Refer for Fourth and Fifth Chapter) by Mark Paiestly

Web References:

1. www.itportal.in 2. www.authorstream.com 3. www.ebookbrowse.com 4. www.itknowledgebase.wikispaces.com 5. www.tutorialspoint.com

Page 102: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 102 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 103: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 103 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(One Paper: 3 Hrs. Theory: 100 Mks, Lect/ Week – 2, Prac: 4/Week, Pract – 50 Mks, T.W.: 50 Mks, Credit : 6) NETWORK ADMINISTRATION (168920)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: Network administration Code: 168920

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Network administration 2 4 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 168920 246

Objectives: This subject is network application based subject. It gives the practical knowledge of designing computer network while using any type of topologies. This subject covers the installation and configuration of any network operating system. With the proper configuration of operating system on the server, the students will manage and administer the network resources or devices such as printers, scanner and also software like files, folders, directories, application, programs etc. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to

1. Describe the working of various network devices ,connectors, topologies, communication basics, duties of network administrator and network engineer

2. Implement security for network by understanding internal external threats, wired & wireless security, kerberos, PGP, SMTP, S_MIME

3. Use of various Network Administration and monitoring tools 4. Describe the working principle of ADS and DHCP 5. Configuring Network printer

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction to networks (Period-02, Marks 08)

1.1. Hardware 1.1.1. Topologies , Routers, bridges, gateways, switches, 1.1.2. wired /wireless media ,Selection criteria for the devices

2. Network administrator (Period-04, Marks 14) 2.1. Network Related Jobs – Network Administrator, Network Engineer, 2.2. Network Architecture / Designer, Other Network Related Jobs. 2.3. Administrator Responsibilities- Designing, Setting Up, Maintaining the Network, Expanding, 2.4. Duties of Network Engineer

3. Network Connection (Period-06, Marks 14)

3.1. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) – DHCP Origins, Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP), The Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP), DHCP Objectives, IP Address Assignment, DHCP Architecture.

3.2. Introduction to Domain Name System(DNS) - DNS Objectives, Domain Naming, Top Level Domains, Second Level Domains, Sub domains, DNS Functions, Resource Records, DNS Name Resolution, Resolves, DNS Requests, Root Name Servers, Resolving a Domain Name, DNS Name Registration.

3.3. Understand Network Printing Concepts - Understand Network Printing Concepts, Locally connected print devices, Setting up local print devices,

3.4. Shared print devices, Sharing Locally Attached Print Devices, Describe Windows Network Printing, Add Print Wizard.

Page 104: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 104 -

4. Information Models and directories services (Period-04, Marks 14)

4.1. Need of directory service, Features , Architecture of directories, protocol support 4.2. Types of directory service---X500,NDS , LDAP , Information models 4.3. ADS –installation, Domain user account, configuring user account properties. Domain groups.

5. Network Administration tools (Period-04, Marks 14)

5.1. Web based tools for System and network analysis-ShareEnum, NTFS Permissions Explorer, 5.2. TcpView, WireShark, Look@LAN etc 5.3. NetStat, PortScan, HostAlive, TraceRoute and Ping, Network analyser , NetCat , 5.4. WinDump / TCPDump, WiFiMan, SysFiles, EmailVerify,etc

6. Server and network Monitoring tool (Period-04, Marks 14)

6.1. Introduction sever monitoring , local server monitoring and log files ,open source and properter ships third party software /tool

6.2. Need, features ,case studies :Microsoft Network Monitor ,nagios

7. Security (Period-08, Marks 22) 7.1. Wired/wireless – 7.2. Firewalls : concept, design principles, limitations, trusted systems, Kerberos - concept 7.3. Security topologies – security zones, DMZ, Internet, Intranet, VLAN, security implication, tunneling 7.4. Email security : Email security standards : Working 7.5. principle of SMTP, PEM, PGP, S/MIME, spam,

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Introduction to networks 02 08 08% M 2. Network administrator 04 14 12% E 3. Network Connection 06 14 15% E 4. Information Models and directories services 04 14 15% E 5. Network Administration tools 04 14 15% D 6. Server and network Monitoring tool 04 14 15% E 7. Security 08 22 20% D

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 32 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction to networks 2. Network administrator 3. Information Models and directories services 4. Setting up and configuring TCP/IP network Section II 5. Mobile and ad hoc network 6. Remote Network Access 7. Routing Total Theory Hours = 32 hrs Total Practicals Hours = 64 hrs. List of Practicals:

1. To create network cable using RJ 45 connectors. 2. Demonstration on installation of Active Directory 3. Installing Windows 2003 Server 4. Demonstration on Network monitoring tool - TNM 5. Demonstration on Wireshark 6. Demonstration on nagios 7. Perform network commands- NetStat, PortScan, HostAlive, TraceRoute and Ping, NetCat 8. Execution of WinDump / TCPDump, WiFiMan, SysFiles, EmailVerify, etc 9. To install a network interface card ( NIC) 10. To locate MAC address of computer. 11. To install network printer. 12. Installing IIS, making web server, web directory, connection via remote desktop, to know browsers. 13. To identify different problems of network exm- no network, card problem, cable problem, IIS problem. 14. Installing and configuring DHCP. 15. Demonstration on Kerberos.

Page 105: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 105 -

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING) : In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan 2. Termwork plan for practical implementation. 3. Hands on practice in the laboratory. 4. Conducting 2 periodical tests . 5. Use of power point presentation / videos as a teaching aid.

Reference Books:

1. The Complete Reference Networking Craig Zacker 2. Networking A Beginner’s Guide Bruce Hallberg 3. Introduction to Networking Richard A. McMohan, Sir 4. Microsoft Press ,Networking + Certification ,Training Kit 5. Microsoft Press ,MCSE Training Kit ,Networking Essential Plus

Reference URL:

1. http://www.nmap.org. 2. http://www.tamos.com 3. http://www.gfi.com/blog/101-free-admin-tools

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 106: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 106 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(T.W.= 50 Marks, Pr.= 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week ,Practical 4/week, Credit: 6) MULTIMEDIA AND ANIMATION (160911)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: Multimedia And Animation Code: 160911

Group: A

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Multimedia And Animation 2 4 -- -- -- -- 50 50 -- 100 A 160911 246

Objective: One picture speaks thousand words & animated multimedia picture can speak a lot more. Animation has given a boost to various areas like film production, e-learning & animated web-site etc. This subject will enable the students to implement their creative imagination to produce animated text & images. It is a practical oriented subject which deals with various fonts, audio & video formats, basic shapes, images to the controls, tools & animation. Students will develop the skill for using the basic shapes, text, images apply controls, colours to create final animated multimedia object.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to:

1. Describe the multimedia system architecture and classify it’s applications. 2. Build Text-Based Animation and perform twinning or object movement using FLASH tool. 3. Develop the skill of Images Editing using Tool box, various colour effect, soft focus effect, background changing, watermark

effect. 4. To create animated picture like forest and give raining effect in addition to lightening, thundering effect. 5. Design banners, logos, pamphlets using corel draw tool. 6. Integrate Audio & video in created multimedia, Build/Play Flash Movie and publish Multimedia objects\animation In Web

Page. Theory Contents: 1. Multimedia Elements Multimedia Application (Periods-5 hrs)

1.1. I/P, O/P devices, 1.2. Evaluation of Multimedia systems, Storage media, 1.3. Multimedia System Architecture, Distributed Multimedia

2. Flash Multimedia Tool. (Periods-6 hrs) 2.1. Introduction to Flash tool – Creating & Modifying elements, 2.2. Line tool, fill/attributes, different shapes, text tools & pen tool, Selecting lines fill with arrow tool, selecting shapes, 2.3. using lasso tool performing basic editing tools, selecting & deselecting elements, modifying created objects.

3. Photoshop Multimedia Tool (Periods-05 hrs) 3.1. Introduction to Photoshop tool – 3.2. Basic of Photoshop, layer concept, Tool box, 3.3. Basic image editing, drawing and selection tool, various colour effect, soft focus effect, background changing, watermark

effect. 4. Coral draw Multimedia Tool (Periods-5 hrs)

4.1. Introduction to Photoshop tool – window of coral draw, tool box, 4.2. how to setup layers, creating various shapes and text, Drawing boundaries, 4.3. Interactive Blend Tool, Interactive Contour Tool, creating maps.

5. 3D Maya Multimedia Tool (Periods-5 hrs) 5.1. Introduction to Photoshop tool – 5.2. 3D modelling, rendering and imaging, pipeline integration , 5.3. 3D animation –

5.3.1. Understanding the animation interface . 5.3.2. Animating objects.

Page 107: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 107 -

5.3.3. Copying and adjusting keys. 5.3.4. Animating objects along paths. 5.3.5. Creating motion trails

6. Multimedia Authoring and User Interface (Periods-6 hrs) 6.1. Multi Media Authoring System and its type, 6.2. Hypermedia Application Design considerations, 6.3. User Interface Design, Information Access, Object Display / Playback Issues

Total Theory Hrs.= 32 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 64 hrs.

List of Experiments: 1. Create a cycle & name each part of cycle using different styles & format & animate text. 2. Draw seed & create small plant with use of at least 4 frames. 3. Create a forest of tree with flowers & fruits from a small plant using different layers & frame transition time. 4. Create a forest of trees using the object created earlier. Also add lighting and rain effect. 5. Insert audio to relevant frames that has lighting & rain effect. 6. Convert created work into file format which can be publish on web. 7. Interfacing digital-web-cam, capturing live image & editing using web-cam software. 8. Importing & exporting images, apply different image editing tools. 9. Character animation in 3d maya 10. Apply lighting and rendering effect in 3D maya 11. Apply different types of filters in photoshop 12. Apply watermark effect on image in photoshop. 13. Performs different types of tools in corel draw. 14. Designing of banner, logo, pamphlets in corel draw 15. Mini Project: Students should create a movie of minimum 2 minutes playtime using either Flash or 3D-MAX or MAYA or Open

Source Multimedia tool. IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan 2. Termwork plan for practical implementation. 3. Hands on practice in the laboratory. 4. Giving mini projects on various topics.

Reference Books:

1. Prabhat K. Andheigh,Kiran Thakrar, John F - Multimedia Systems Design- Prentice Hall of India 2. Koegel Buford - Multimedia Systems - Pearson Education 3. J.D. GIBSON – Multimedia Communication Directions and Innovations - Academic Press, Hardcourt India

Additional References: 1. R. Steimnetz, K. Nahrstedt- Multimedia Computing, Communication and Application - Pearson Education 2. Katherine Ulrich - Micromedia Flash for Windows and Macintosh - Pearson Education

Web References:

1. http://www.baycongroup.com/ 2. http://www.flashtutorials.us/flash-tutorials/2/2 3. www.onlinewebtutorial.com 4. www.codetutorial.com 5. www.udemy.com

Page 108: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 108 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

(Theory= 100Marks, T.W.= 50 Marks, Pr= 50 Marks, Lecture 3/week ,Practical 2/week, Credit: 5) Middleware Technologies (160912)

SUBJECT DETAILS: Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: Middleware Technologies Code: 160912

Group: A

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Middleware Technologies 3 2 -- 1, 3 Hrs., 100 Mks. 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A 160912 325

Objectives:

IT systems are more and more integrated with other software systems. The knowledge of integrating these systems by using middleware technologies can be a key competence for IT engineers. Middleware is commonly understood as an intermediary software layer between the application and the operating system, which encapsulates the heterogeneity of the underlying communication network, operating system or hardware platform.

This course provides details about the modern component platforms and Based on Practical examples, details about modern middleware technologies. Students get the chance to gain in-depth knowledge popular middleware Platforms. Course Outcomes:

1. Describe the basic building blocks of various middleware technologies. 2. Develop a middleware component using CORBA and COM/.NET.. 3. Construct Java based middleware components with EJB 4. Build Web Service oriented middleware applications to integrate data between heterogeneous systems.

SECTION – I

1. Introduction to Object Oriented Systems (Periods- 8 hrs, Mks-08)

1.1. Preview of Object-orientation, Concept of distributed object systems, 1.2. Reasons to distribute for centralized objects. 1.3. Client-server system architecture, Multi tier system architectures. 1.4. File Server, Database Server, Group Server, Object Server, Web Server.

2. Introduction to Middleware Technologies (Periods- 6 hrs, Mks-14)

2.1. Evolution And Development of Middleware, 2.2. Client/Server Building blocks, Remote Procedure Calls, Peer-to-Peer, 2.3. Java RMI, Message Queuing, Object Middleware, Internet Applications, 2.4. Service Oriented Architecture (SOA), 2.5. Middleware Inter Operability.

3. CORBA (Periods- 4 hrs, Mks-14)

3.1. Distributed Systems, Purpose, Exploring CORBA alternatives, 3.2. Architecture overview, CORBA and networking model, CORBA object model, IDL, ORB, 3.3. Building an application with CORBA.

4. COM & .NET (Periods- 6 hrs, Mks-14)

4.1. Evolution of DCOM, Introduction to COM, 4.2. Data types, Interfaces, Proxy and Stub, 4.3. Marshalling, Custom and standard marshalling,

Page 109: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 109 -

4.4. Implementing Server/Client, Interface Pointers, 4.5. Object Creation, Invocation, Destruction, 4.6. Comparison COM and CORBA, 4.7. Introduction to .NET, Overview of .NET architecture, Remoting

SECTION - II

5. EJB ARCHITECTURE (Periods- 6 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1. EJB,EJB Architecture, 5.2. Overview of EJB software architecture, View of EJB, 5.3. Conversion Building and Deploying EJBs, Role in EJB.

6. EJB APPLICATIONS (Periods- 4hrs, Mks-12)

6.1. EJB Session Beans, EJB entity beans, 6.2. EJB Clients, EJB Deployment Building an application with EJB.

7. SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE(SOA) FUNDAMENTALS (Periods- 6 hrs, Mks-10)

7.1. Defining SOA, Business value of SOA, SOA characteristics, 7.2. Concept of a service, Basic SOA, Enterprise Service Bus (ESB), 7.3. SOA enterprise Software Models.

8. WEB SERVICES TECHNOLOGIES (Periods- 8 hrs, Mks-14)

8.1. XML, Web Services and SOA, WSDL, SOAP, UDDI, 8.2. WS Standards (WS*) 8.3. Web Services and Service Oriented Enterprise (SOE) 8.4. WS Coordination and Transaction, REST based web services

Sr. Main Topics No of Hrs Marks %weightage # M / E / D 1 Introduction to Object Oriented Systems 8 08 10% M 2 Introduction to Middleware Technologies 6 14 15% M 3 CORBA 4 14 15% E 4 COM & .NET 6 14 10% M 5 EJB Architecture 6 14 15% E 6 EJB Applications 4 12 10% E 7 Service Oriented architecture(SOA) Fundamentals 6 10 10% 8 Web Services Technologies 8 14 15% D

Total ________

48 ________

100 ___________

100% ___________

# (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction to Object Oriented Systems 2. Introduction to Middleware Technologies 3. CORBA 4. COM & .NET Section II 5. EJB Architecture 6. EJB Applications 7. Service Oriented architecture (SOA) Fundamentals 8. Web Services Technologies Total Theory Hours: 48 Hrs. Total Practical Hours: 32 Hrs. List of practicals : 1. Creating a distributed Object Application using RMI (DNS, distributed game, some business application etc) 2. Develop a middleware component for retrieving Weather Forecast information using CORBA. 3. Develop a component for converting the currency values using COM/.NET 4. Develop a component for retrieving information from message box using DCOM/.NET 5. Creating Java based middleware applications with Eclipse/Netbeans IDE

Page 110: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 110 -

6. Examining the Architecture of Apache Tomcat Java Application Server 7. Develop an Enterprise Java Bean for banking operations. 8. Creation and Deployment of SOAP based Web Service in Apache Axis2 Web Service engine 9. One mini project for creating SOAP based web services to integrate business processes 10. Creation and Deployment of RESTful Web Service in Jersey open source Web Services framework 11. One mini project for creating RESTful web services to integrate business processes IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY (PLANNING): In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy:

1. Conduction of lectures & practicals according to theory Teaching Plan

2. Termwork plan for practical implementation.

3. Hands on practice in the laboratory.

4. Conducting 2 periodical tests.

5. Mini Project

Reference Books: 1. Distributed Computing, Principles and applications, M.L.Liu, Pearson Education 2. Client/Server Survival Guide 3rd edition Robert Orfali Dan Harkey & Jeri Edwards, John Wiley & Sons 3. Client/Server Computing D T Dewire, TMH. 4. IBM Webspere Starter Kit Ron Ben Natan Ori Sasson, TMh, New Delhi 5. Programming C#, Jesse Liberty, SPD-O’Reilly. 6. C# Precisely Peter Sestoft and Henrik I. Hansen, Prentice Hall of India 7. Introduction to C# Using .NET Pearson Education 8. C# How to program, Pearson Education

Additional References:

1. EJB 3 in Action, Debu Panda, Reza Rahman, Ryan Cuprak, Michael Remijan 2. Jeremy Rosenberger, Teach yourself CORBA in 14 days, Tec Media, 2000. 3. COM/DCOM Blue book, Nathan Wallace

Web References:

1. https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/default.aspx 2. http://www.journaldev.com/255/axis2-web-services-tutorial 3. http://www.vogella.com/tutorials/REST/article.html 4. http://crunchify.com/how-to-build-restful-service-with-java-using-jax-rs-and-jersey/

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 111: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 111 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16 INTERNET SECURITY (160913)

(Theory= 100 Marks, T.W. = 25 Marks, Pr.= 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week , Practical 4/week, Credit: 6) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: Internet Security Code: 160913

Group: A

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers,

duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Internet Security 2 4 -- 1,3 Hrs., 100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 A 160913 246

Objective: Internet usage has become the most essential in today’s world & so internet security. This course focuses on the need of internet security, different types of threats, worms & viruses, concept of hacking etc. The subject also introduces different ways to secure the computer system against all threats. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to understand- 1. Understand the working of various cyber forensic tools and technique, ethics in internet security, working of DOS attack & tools,

Email security protocols, DES protocols. 2. Appraise about viruses, worms, firewall types their configuration, wired and wireless security attacks, password cracking software

.social engineering, digital signature. 3. Analyze the basic concepts of security to predict and classify, attacks on a network, security risks levels, classes of attack, attack

vectors, strategies to secure network. 4. Implement the process of hiding the information with cryptographic, algorithms, steganography, and associated tools, keylogger. Theory Contents: 1. Introduction: (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-14)

1.1. Why require a security picking a Security Policy, 1.2. Strategies for a Secure Network 1.3. The Ethics of Computer Security 1.4. Security Threats and levels 1.5. What are viruses, Trojan Horse, Worms 1.6. How to protect the computer against virus? 1.7. Structure of virus. 1.8. Security Plan

2. Classes of Attack: (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-22) 2.1. Stealing Passwords, Bugs and Backdoors, Authentication Failures, Protocol Failures, Information Leakage, Social

Engineering 2.2. Introduction to SE

2.2.1. Types and Techniques Involved 2.2.2. Demo Conversations

2.3. Denial-of-Service Attacks. 2.3.1. Introduction and History of DOS Attacks 2.3.2. Types of DOS Attacks 2.3.3. Tools used in DOS Attacks 2.3.4. Software / Hardware DOS Attack Vulnerabilities

3. Exponential Attacks: (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-14)

Page 112: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 112 -

3.1. Botnets, Active Attacks 3.2. Firewalls- Kinds of Firewalls. 3.3. Packet Filters- Application-Level Filtering., Circuit-Level Gateways. Dynamic Packet Filters.

Distributed Firewalls. 3.4. What Firewalls Cannot Do, Filtering Services, Reasonable Services to Filter, Digging for Worms.

Packet Filtering 3.5. Implementing policies (Default allow, Default Deny) on proxy 3.6. Proxy Servers

3.6.1. Proxy Introduction 3.6.2. Types of Proxies 3.6.3. What does IP address reveal about you? 3.6.4. How to be anonymous while surfing Internet 3.6.5. Proxy Bouncing Attacks 3.6.6. Countermeasures

4. Cryptography & Steganography (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-14) 4.1. Introduction to Basic encryption and Decryption

4.1.1. Diffie ? Hellman Key Exchange 4.1.2. Concept of Public key and Private key 4.1.3. Digital Signatures

4.2. Steganography 4.2.1. - Introduction 4.2.2. - Working mechanism of Steganography 4.2.3. - Tools involved 4.2.4. - Examples

5. Wi Fi Security (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1. Introduction to Wireless Networks 5.2. Wi-Fi and Wi-Max 5.3. Possible attacks on Wireless Networks 5.4. Password Cracking Techniques & AttacksW3CERT Computer & Internet Security 5.5. War Driving 5.6. Securing Home/Office Wi-Fi Connectivity 5.7. Countermeasures

6. Cyber Forensics: (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-08) 6.1. Cyber Forensic Introduction 6.2. Forensic Tools and Techniques 6.3. Investigating the Crime Scene 6.4. Rules of Evidence 6.5. CF Knowledge Base

7. Introduction to Ethical Hacking: (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-14) 7.1. Hacker & Cracker Introduction 7.2. How this process has come out? 7.3. Hack your own Systems 7.4. Understanding the Dangers your system may face 7.5. Ethical Hacking Commandments

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Introduction 04 14 10 M 2. Classes of Attack 06 22 25 M 3. Exponential Attacks 06 14 15 E 4. Cryptography & Steganography 04 14 15 E 5. Wi Fi Security 04 14 15 M 6. Cyber Forensics 04 08 08 E 7. Introduction to Ethical Hacking 04 14 12 D _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 32 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction 2. Classes of Attack: 3. Exponential Attacks Section II

Page 113: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 113 -

4. Cryptography & Steganography: 5. Wi Fi Security 6. Cyber Forensics 7. Introduction to Ethical Hacking Total Theory Hours. = 32 hrs. Total Practicals Hours = 64 hrs List of Practicals :

1. Encryption algorithms (2 algos. (Public key and Private key) ) 2. Steganography 3. Implement RSA 4. DES 5. E-mail security protocols 6. Firewall software 7. Digital signature 8. To implement keylogger 9. Image detection for forensic purpose 10. Denial of Service Attacks – using tools 11. Study of ethical hacking & its advantages

Implementation Strategy (Planning):

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan with the aid of Power Point Presentation. 2. Conduction of periodical test 3. Providing Home assignment for practice at home

Reference Books:

1. Firewalls and Internet Security: Repelling the Wily Hacker (2nd Edition) 2. Addison-Wesley Professional; 2 edition 3. Practical Unix and Internet Security-Simson Garfinkel, by O'Reilly Media

Reference URL:

1. www.securutyfocus.com 2. www.sans.org, 3. www.microsoft.com/security 4. www.insecure.org

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 114: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 114 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘16

IT Innovative Project & Practices SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: V

Subject: IT Innovative Project & Practices Code: -

Group: A

Teaching And Examination Scheme: Non examination and non credit subject Objective Today the I.T field is growing rapidly. The use of latest Mobile devices and websites has created curiosity and interest in students. It needs to properly utilize for the project implementation. This subject also gives student exposures to latest emerging trend and technologies around. Course Outcomes:

1) select the latest topics and understand the topic 2) develop interest in extra curricular reading 3) keep update with the cutting edge 4) write report on the topic 5) prepare the presentation and deliver the seminar

Implementation Strategy The students will propose topic on their interest at the beginning of semester. The proposed topic will be approved by committee at departmental level and assigned a guide for the seminar. They will be collecting the information from reputed magazines / periodicals publications and websites. Study the tools and technologies used for the topic. Student will understand and appreciate the significance of topic. The topic include emerging trends such as Social media, Gaming and animation, android application development, Robotics , big data and analytical tool , web technologies, cloud computing , etc. The student will prepare a report and present the seminar.

Page 115: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 115 -

DISCIPLINE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

SR. No.

SUBJECT NAME/ SUBJECT CODE

Pre-requisite Subject Code

Gr SCHEME L/P/Cr

L P D T Cr Hrs Mks SSL @

PAPER **

TW @

PR **OR ** TOTAL

1 # Information Technology ( 160914)

-- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 426

2 # Project ( 160915) -- -- 6 -- -- 6 -- -- -- -- 50 -- 50 100 A* 066

3# Management Information System (160916) -- 3 2 -- -- 5 3 100 30 70 50 -- 50 200 M* 325

4 Elective II (Any One)

4.1 # E-Commerce (160917) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 50 -- 50 200 A* 246

4.2 # E-Governance ( 160918) -- 4 2 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 50 -- 50 200 A* 426

5 Entrepreneurship Development (168923)

-- 2 -- -- 1 3 3 100 30 70 -- -- -- 100 M 213

6 Advanced Web Technology (160919)

168919 3 2 -- 1 6 3 100 30 70 25 50 -- 175 A* 336

7 Wireless Network (160920) -- 2 4 -- -- 6 3 100 30 70 25 -- 50 175 A 246

TOTAL 16 20 -- 2 38 No.of papers= 6 180 420 250 100 200 1150

TOTAL PERIODS= 38 TOTAL MARKS= 1150

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND

PERIODS PER WEEK

THEORY PAPER

DURATION AND MARKS

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal'sSHRI BHAGUBHAI MAFATLAL POLYTECHNIC

TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME

w.e.f. Batch admitted in June, 2016 (progressively)SEMESTER: VI

* Compulsory, # Award Winning. ** Assessed by Internal and External Examiners Jointly, @ Assessed by Internal Examiner onlyL- Lecture Period, P- Practical Period, D-Drawing Practice Period, T- Tutorial, Cr-Credit, SSL-Sessional, TW- Term WorkPR-Practical, OR-Oral, GR- Group, B-Basic, C-Core, A-Application, M-Management

Page 116: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 116 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (160914) (Version 1.0)

(One paper: 3 hrs, Lecture: 4/Week, Pract.: 2/Week, Theory : 100 Mks,T/W:50Mks, Pract. : 50Mks, Credit: 6) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: Information Technology Code: 160914

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme :

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of Papers,

duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Information Technology 4 2 - 1, 3 Hrs, 100 Mks. 30 70 50 50 -- 200 A* 160914 426

Objectives:

This course is designed to provide overview of Web applications and advanced Java concepts. Java is a technology that makes it easy to develop programs for distributed applications that can be executed on multiple computers across a network. This course also provides overview of Applications Service Provider. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to

1. Install tools to develop J2EE application using JDBC API components for database programming. 2. Apply JSP & EJB concepts to devolop web Applications. 3. Set up Android studio Development Environment, SDK and Android virtual machine to build android applications. 4. Describe concepts of gaming, animation, ethical hacking and Information technology infrastructure library (ITIL)

Theory Contents: 1. Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) (Periods-06hrs Marks: 12)

1.1. Introduction to Database Connectivity, JDBC Architecture, JDBC Drivers, 1.2. Types of Drivers, JDBC APIs, Establishing a Connection , Data Manipulation, 1.3. Data Definition Language (DDL) with JDBC: Creating a Table, Dropping a Table, Data Manipulation Language (DML) with

JDBC Creating (Inserting) Records Using JDBC, Deleting Records Using JDBC Retrieving Records Using JDBC 1.4. Updating Records Using JDBC , Updatable Result Sets ,Prepared Statements

2. Java Server Pages (Periods-10hrs, Marks: 14)

2.1. Introduction to JSP, Compare with ASP, JSP architecture, Setting up A JSP environment, 2.2. Creating Sample JSP page, JSP tags, Declaration tag, expression tag, directive tags, scriptlet tag, action tags, 2.3. Implicit object ,Session tracking in JSP, Cookies, URL rewriting, hidden form fields, session objects, Error pages, 2.4. Using Java beans with JSP

3. Juniper platform (Periods- 10hrs, Marks: 14)

3.1. Introduction to Junos Space SDK (software development kit) – 3.2. Building Network Applications with Junos Space SDK, 3.3. Features and Benefits 3.4. Embedded Network Infrastructure Automation

4. Computer Game Design (Periods-06hrs Marks: 10)

4.1. Introduction , gaming industry , Types of game design, Game Design Sequence, 4.2. Choose a Goal and a Topic, Research and Preparation, 4.3. Design Phase, Pre-Programming Phase, Programming Phase Play testing Phase. 4.4. Psychological profiling, human-machine interface (HCI)

5. Introduction to Android (Periods-14hrs Marks:20 )

Page 117: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 117 -

5.1. Setting up the development environment for android apps, Building Your First App: Hello world, 5.2. Creating apps and activities, Building user interface, Files, saving state and preferences, Databases and content providers,

Using internet resources, 5.3. Working with in the background, Audio video and using a camera, Hardware sensors, 5.4. Maps, geocoding, location based services, Bluetooth, NFC, Networks and Wi-Fi, 5.5. Telephony and SMS Monetizing, promoting and distributing apps

6. Cloud Computing (Periods-12hrs Marks: 22) 6.1. Concepts –Cloud Computing, Characteristics 6.2. Cloud Architecture & Cloud clients 6.3. Service models

6.3.1. Infrastructure as a service (IaaS) 6.3.2. Platform as a service (PaaS) 6.3.3. Software as a service (SaaS)

6.4. Deployment models 6.4.1. Private cloud 6.4.2. Public cloud 6.4.3. Hybrid cloud

6.5. benefits and limitations 6.6. Virtualization: A foundation of as-a-Service & Cloud

7. Information technology infrastructure library (ITIL) (Periods-06hrs, Marks: 08)

7.1. Introduction , 7.2. Framework, service management, Service Support Functions, Service Delivery Functions lifecycle, 7.3. Key principles & models, roles and processes. 7.4. Case studies

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) 06 12 10 M 2. Java Server Pages 10 14 13 M 3. Juniper platform 10 14 20 E 4. Computer Game Design 06 10 07 E 5. Introduction to Android 14 22 22 M 6. Cloud Computing 12 20 20 E 7. Information technology 06 08 08 E infrastructure library (ITIL) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Total 64 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) 2. Java Server Pages 3. Enterprise Java Beans (EJB) 4. Computer Game Design Section II 5. Introduction to Android 6. Ethical hacking and Cyber Law 7. Information technology infrastructure library (ITIL) Total Theory Hours: 64 Hrs Total Practical Hours: 32 Hrs. List of Practicals:

1. Write a java program for login the system using JDBC. Verify the user name and password with underlying table of database. 2. Write a java program using Applet/AWT/Swing and JDBC to insert, and view the records of table in a database. 3. Create user interface using HTML form to perform addition, multiplication and division using JSP page. 4. Write a java program to create/Develop a custom tags for JSP and use that tag in JSP page.

Page 118: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 118 -

5. Write a program Create a state full session bean for subject registration. Create home and remote interface and use session bean in web client. (HTML and JSP).

6. Create “Hello World” application. That will display “Hello World” in the middle of the screen in the Blue colour with white background.

7. Create login application where you will have to validate UserName (Email ID) and Password (minimum 6 characters). Till the username and password is not validated, login button should remain disabled.

8. Understanding of UI : 9. Create an UI such that, one screen have list of all the types of car. 10. On selecting of any car name, next screen should show Car details like: name, launched date, company name, images (using

gallery) if available, show different colours in which it is available. 11. Understanding content providers and permissions: 12. Read phonebook contacts using content providers and display in list. 13. Read messages from the mobile and display it on the screen. 14. Create an application to call specific entered number by user in the EditText 15. Create an application that will create database with table of User credential. 16. Create an application that will play a media file from the memory card. 17. Create an application to make Insert, update, Delete and retrieve operation on the database. 18. Create an application to read file from the SD card and display that file content to the screen. 19. Create an application to send message between two emulators. 20. Getting registered email Accounts in android phone. Getting primary (Google) mail account and all registered acconts.

Showing accounts on screen. 21. Creating a simple repeating alarm system with the use of Alarm Manager. Alarm will start after each 2 mins.

Implementation Strategy (Planning): 1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan with the aid of Power Point Presentation. 2. Conduction of periodical test 3. Providing Home assignment for practice at home

Reference Books: 1) The Complete References: - Java 2 (4th Edition) 2) JavaBeans: Developing Component Software in Java, by IDG's new Power Guide series 3) Java Network Programming, by O'Reilly & Associates 4) Ethics and Security Management on the web by PHI. Additional References: 1) The Java Handbook by Patrick Naughton, Michael Morrison 2) Concurrent Programming in Java: Design Principles and Patterns by Doug Lea 3) ethicalhacking.com 4) zigbee.org Reference URL:

1. http://www.gtumcappt.com/p/android-practical.html 2. www.itil-official.com 3. http://developer.android.com/training/basics/firstapp/index.html 4. http://www.freejavaguide.com/ejb.pdf

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 119: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 119 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘16 PROJECT (160915)

(Practical: 6/Week, Credit: 6, T/W : 50 Marks, Oral : 50 Marks) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: Project Code: 160915

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme :

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week

No. of Papers,

duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lect

ure

Prac

t. or

Drg

.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Project -- 6 -- -- -- -- 50 -- 50 100 A* 160915 066

Objectives:

The project will enable the students to integrate the knowledge and skills acquired in the past two years of the diploma and third year of Diploma. This project title should be taken from the polytechnic or industrial situation. Course Outcomes: The students will be able to:

1. Identify problem definitions that can be addressed by applying the acquired knowledge & skills.. 2. Plan the activities with timeline chart, work in groups/team and co-ordinate the work. 3. Select design methodologies & its implementation. 4. Write a project report and present.

Project Development : The Right Approach a. Project Selection

i) Project must be based on knowledge acquired within three years of Diploma. Students must be aware with languages, packages, hardware. He is using from his project. If a particular language/package is not in syllabus he must posses a certificate of atleast 6 months course completed in that language/package.

ii) Repetition of project should be avoided as far as possible iii) After start of Academic Year, one-month period is to be provided for project selection. At the end of Sept. student

must submit a 3-4 page document giving outline of project & feasibility study report. iv) Feasibility study includes

1. Time feasibility 2. Software, Hardware availability 3. Sufficient information source 4. Cost effectiveness, etc.

v) A group of 3-4 students (at max) can develop a project. vi) Project may be

1. Application Orientated 2. System software

vii) End of Sept. will be deadline for Project Selection. b. Project Design

This is II phase in which students will actually start collecting detail information about their project i) Group must visit concern persons in the field to collect the system requirement. A practical design & development is to

be achieved

Page 120: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 120 -

ii) They must adopt standard procedures, rules, regulation used in the real system & no imaginary model should be developed

iii) Group can collect information about any other package, software currently under development on same subject or already developed, what facilities if provide, what are its drawbacks.

iv) If any such software is implemented / installed at some industry students must visit & collect on site information v) Taking into consideration all requirements, design total system in top down fashion. Design must be modular & there

must be clear distribution of task among group members. vi) At the end of Dec. students must submit “synopsis” giving details about system design & deliver a seminar making clear

their views about project.

c. Project development Remaining two-three months are to be utilised for actual coding, testing, of project. i) Independent module development is necessary

ii) Enough time must be provided in time-table for project development. iii) There must be continuous assessment of project development iv) Prototype model may be developed & tested. v) Taking into consideration shortcoming & suggestions final software / Hardware should be developed before Mar.

31. d. Project Report MUST INCLUDE i) Project Design

ii) Flow charts iii) Code iv) Future Development v) Bibliography vi) User manual vii) Costing

e. Data sheets of only uncommon, (main integrator circuits.) Main I/S e.g. Speech synthesis & not of common I/C like 8085.

There is no need of any explanation of common I/C and their interfacing

Total Practical Hours = 96 Hrs. Implementation Strategy (Planning)

1. Student will present ideas along with surveyed information atleast 03 to 04 project proposals. 2. After approval from the department student will submit the synopsis of selected project idea (technically / Economically

feasible project topic ). 3. Maximum 03 students will be in a group 4. Student as well as project guide will prepare and maintain the progress of project implementation as per the slots allocated in

Time Table (06 Hrs. Per week practical slot) 5. Student will present implementation after completion of project to the department

Page 121: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 121 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (160916)

(Theory= 100 Marks, T.W.= 50 Marks, Oral.= 50 Marks, Lecture 3/week ,Practical 2/week , Credit :5) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: Management Information System Code: 160916

Group: M*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods

per week No. of

Papers, duration

& Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group

Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Management Information System 3 2 -- 1,3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 50 -- 50 200 M* 160916 325

Objective:

The modern business environment is characterized by intense competition, short product life cycles and technological development. Hence representing the information in systematic manner becomes an integral part of the business. The need for the systematic Management Information System is essential for creating competition firms, managing the global scenario of cut throat competition and no rover adding value. Management Information System facilitates the decision makers to extend their planning horizons and introduce even greater levels of uncertainty in business plans and budgeted allocations. Management Information System facilities higher degree of accountability in business process. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to understand-

1. Classify information systems and describe role of Management Information System in modern business environment. 2. Describe the function of Business Process and various applications of MIS in manufacturing sector and service sector. 3. Elaborates decision support system and it's components, dataware house system and other systems like expert system,

knowledge system, educational ERP system. 4. Differentiate various e-commerce categories and understand electronic payment processes and E-commerce trends. 5. Operates the processes in Customer Relationship Management and Supply Chain management by using tools.

Theory Contents: 1. Foundation of Information System in Business (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-14)

1.1. Information System 1.1.1. What is an IS? 1.1.2. The roles of IS in Business 1.1.3. Trends in IS 1.1.4. The Role of E-business in Business 1.1.5. System 1.1.6. Feedback and Control

1.2. Types of IS 1.2.1. Operational Support System 1.2.2. Management Support System 1.2.3. Other classification of IS

1.3. Managerial Challenges of IS 1.3.1. Success and Failure with IT 1.3.2. Developing IS solution 1.3.3. Challenges and Ethics of IT 1.3.4. Challenges of IT Carriers

1.4. Components of IS

Page 122: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 122 -

2. Management Information System (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-14)

2.1. MIS Concept 2.2. MIS definition 2.3. Role of MIS 2.4. Impact of MIS 2.5. MIS and User 2.6. Management as a control system 2.7. Organization as System 2.8. MIS for Digital Firm

3. Application of MIS: (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-22)

3.1. Applications in manufacturing sector 3.1.1. Personal Management 3.1.2. Financial Management, 3.1.3. Production Management 3.1.4. Materials Management 3.1.5. Marketing Management

3.2. Applications in Service sector 3.2.1. Airlines, Hotels, Hospitals, 3.2.2. Banking, Insurance, Utilities, and Finance

4. Decision Support System (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-22)

4.1. Characteristics of decision making process 4.2. Decision Support System

4.2.1. Concept, 4.2.2. Components, 4.2.3. Development 4.2.4. Risk

4.3. Management Information System and Decision Support System, 4.4. Concept of Artificial Intelligence & Expert System. 4.5. Data warehouse

4.5.1. Concept, Design, Organization and Management, Architecture, Implementation ), Data in data warehouse and Data Mining

5. Electronic Commerce System (Periods-08 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1. Introduction to E-com 5.2. The scope of E-com 5.3. E-com Technologies 5.4. Categories of E-com

5.4.1. Business to Consumer E-com 5.4.2. Consumer to Business E-com 5.4.3. Business to Business E-com 5.4.4. Consumer to Consumer E-com

5.5. Electronic Payment Processes 5.5.1. Web payment Processes 5.5.2. Electronic Funds Transfer 5.5.3. Secure Electronic Payments

5.6. E-com Trends

6. Enterprise Business System (Periods-08 hrs, Mks-14) 6.1. Customer Relationship Management –The business focus

6.1.1. Introduction and Concept of CRM 6.1.2. The 3 phases of CRM 6.1.3. Benefits and Challenges of CRM 6.1.4. CRM Failure 6.1.5. Trend in CRM

6.2. Supply Chain Management-Business Network 6.2.1. Introduction and Concept of SCM 6.2.2. The role of SCM 6.2.3. Benefits and Challenges of SCM 6.2.4. Trend in SCM

Page 123: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 123 -

6.3. Major Types of System 6.3.1. Transaction Processing System 6.3.2. Office System 6.3.3. KWs System 6.3.4. MIS 6.3.5. Decision Support System

Sr.

No

Main Topics No. of

Contact

Hrs.

Marks Weightage % #M/E/D

1. Foundation of Information System in Business 10 14 15% M

2. Management Information System 06 14 20% E

3. Application of MIS 06 22 20% M

4. Decision Support System 10 22 20% M

5. Enterprise Business System 08 14 10% D

6. Security & Ethical challenges 08 14 15% E

TOTAL 48 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Foundation of Information System in Business 2. Management Information System 3. Application of MIS

Section II 4. Decision Support System 5. Enterprise Business System 6. Security & Ethical challenges Total Theory Hours. = 48 hrs. Total Practicals Hours = 32 hrs List of Practicals : 1. Study of different information system 2. Enlist different CRM tools and to study one of the CRM system. 3. Enlist different SCM tools and to study one of the SCM system. 4. Study of Decision Support Systems used in India. 5. To study Educational ERP system. 6. Study of Expert system. 7. Study of E-commerce system. 8. Study of knowledge syste Implementation Strategy (Planning):

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan with the aid of Power Point Presentation. 2. Conduction of periodical test 3. Help the students determine whether they have completed the necessary academic preparation for the subject. 4. Providing Home assignment for practice at home

Reference Books: 1. Management Information systems, K.C. Laudon, J.P. Laudo, Pearson edition 2. Management Information System, Robert Schulthis & Mary Sumner, Tata McGraw Hill 3. Management Information systems, J.A. O’Brien, Tata McGraw Hill 4. Management Information systems, W S Jawadekar, Tata McGraw Hill Reference URL: 1. www.mu.ac.in/mis , 2. www.csus.edu/indiv/e/eatonr/mis

Page 124: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 124 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 125: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 125 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16 E-Commerce (160917)

(Theory= 100 Marks, T.W.= 50 Marks, Oral= 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week ,Practical 4/week , Credit :6) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: E-Commerce Code: 160917

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

E-Commerce 2 4 -- 1, 3 Hrs., 100 Mks. 30 70 50 -- 50 200 A* 160917 246

Objective:

This course provides an overview of how commerce is conducted on the Internet, infrastructural technology to enable E-Commerce, Business Models and marketing strategies. In addition, some of the major issues associated with e-commerce—security, privacy, intellectual property rights, authentication, encryption and legal liabilities—will be explored.

Course Outcomes: The student will be able to understand- 1. Recognize the type of E-Commerce web sites

2. Explain the infrastructure and security protocols for E-Commerce 3. Design and develop dynamic web pages like login form, web catalogue, shopping cart, check out 4. Use the various revenue models to develop an E-commerce web site and understand the legal and ethical issues 5. Apply the various payment methods in an E-Commerce web site 6. Employ various strategies to increase usability of an E-Commerce web site

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction to E-Commerce: (Periods-02 hrs, Mks-10)

1.1. What is E-Commerce? 1.2. Comparison of E-Commerce and Traditional Commerce 1.3. Features of an E-Commerce Site 1.4. E-Commerce Business Models

1.4.1 B2C (Business-to-Consumer) 1.4.2 B2B (Business-to-Business) 1.4.3 C2C (Consumer-to-Consumer) 1.4.4 C2B (Consumer-to-Business) 1.4.4 P2P (Peer-to-Peer)

1.5 Merits and Demerits of E-Commerce 2. Technology Infrastructure for E-Commerce (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-14)

2.1. The Internet: 2.1.1 Technology and Background 2.1.2 Internet Protocols: HTTP, TCP/IP, SMTP, POP, IMAP, FTP, etc.

2.2. The World Wide Web(WWW) 2.2.1. Hypertext Markup Languages: SGML,HTML,DHTML,XML 2.2.2. Web Servers and Clients 2.2.3. Web Browsers

2.3 Intranets and Extranets 2.3.1 Intranets 2.3.2 Extranets 2.3.3 Public and Private Networks

Page 126: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 126 -

2.3.4 Virtual Private Networks (VPN) 2.4 Internet Connection Options

2.4.1 Connectivity Overview 2.4.2 Voice-Grade Telephone Connections

2.4.3Broadband Connections 2.4.4Leased-Line Connections 2.4.5 Wireless Connections 3. Selling on the Web: Revenue Models and Consumer Behaviour (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-12)

3.1. Revenue Models 3.1.1 Web Catalogue Revenue Models 3.1.2 Digital Content Revenue Models 3.1.3 Advertising Supported Revenue Models 3.1.4 Advertising Subscription Mixed Revenue Models 3.1.5 Fee-for-Transaction Revenue Models

3.2. Online Consumer Behaviour 3.2.1 Consumer Behaviour Models 3.2.2 Psychographic Profiles of Online Consumers 3.2.3 Shoppers: Browsers and Buyers

3.3 Customer Retention 3.3.1 Customer Relationship Management (CRM) 4. Marketing on the Web (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-14)

4.1. Web Marketing Strategies 4.1.1. Product based Marketing Strategies 4.1.2. Customer based Marketing Strategies

4.2. Types of Marketing 4.2.1. Permission Marketing 4.2.2. Affiliate Marketing 4.2.3. Viral Marketing

4.3 Creating and Maintaining Brands on the Web 4.3.1 Elements of Branding 4.3.2 Emotional vs. Rational Branding 4.3.3 Cost of Branding 4.3.4 Leveraging Branding Strategies

5. E-Commerce Payment Systems (Periods-04 hrs, Mks-14) 5.1. Online Payment Basics 5.2. Online Payment Modes

5.2.1 Electronic Cash 5.2.2 Electronic Cheque 5.2.3 Electronic Payment Cards 5.2.4 Digital Wallets 5.2.5 Stored Value Payment

5.3 Security Protocols 5.3.1Secure Socket Layer (SSL) 5.3.2 Secure Electronic Transaction Protocol (SET)

6. E-Commerce Security (Periods-07 hrs, Mks-22) 6.1 Need of Security in E-Commerce 6.2 Security for the Clients

6.2.1 Cookies 6.2.2 Web Bugs 6.2.3 Active Content 6.2.4 ActiveX Controls 6.2.5 Graphics and Plug-Ins 6.2.6 Viruses, Worms, and Antivirus Software 6.2.7 Digital Certificates 6.2.8 Steganography 6.2.9 Physical Security for Clients

6.3 Security for the Servers 6.3.1 Web Server Threats 6.3.2 Database Threats 6.3.3 Access Control and Authentication 6.3.4 Firewall

Page 127: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 127 -

6.3.5 Physical Security of Web Servers 7. Legal, Ethical and Tax Issues in E-Commerce (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-14)

7.1. The Legal Environment of Electronic Commerce 7.1.1 Borders and Jurisdiction on the Internet 7.1.2 Conflict of Laws 7.1.3 Web Site Content Issues 7.1.4 Domain Names, Cyber Squatting, and Name Stealing 7.1.5 Protecting Intellectual Property Online 7.1.6 Advertising Regulation 7.1.7 Online Crime

7.2. Ethical Issues 7.2.1 Ethics and Web Business Policies 7.2.2 Privacy Rights and Obligations 7.2.3 Communications with Children

7.3. Taxation and Electronic Commerce 7.3.1 Taxes on the Internet 7.3.2 U.S. Income Taxes 7.3.3 U.S. State Sales Taxes 7.3.4 European Union Value Added Taxes

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Introduction to E-Commerce 02 10 08 E 2. Technology Infrastructure for 05 14 15 E E-Commerce 3. Selling on the Web: Revenue 04 12 15 D Models and Consumer Behaviour 4. Marketing on the Web 05 14 12 E 5. E-Commerce Payment Systems 04 14 15 M 6. E-Commerce Security 07 22 20 M 7. Legal, Ethical and Tax Issues 05 14 15 E in E-Commerce _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 32 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction to E-Commerce 2. Technology Infrastructure for E-Commerce 3. Selling on the Web: Revenue Models and Consumer Behaviour 4. Marketing on the Web Section II 5. E-Commerce Payment Systems 6. E-Commerce Security 7. Legal, Ethical and Tax Issues in E-Commerce Total Theory Hours. = 32 hrs. Total Practicals Hours = 64 hrs List of Practicals:

1. To study the features of various E-Commerce Sites 2. To study the steps of development of an E-Commerce Site 3. To develop a web page to display Catalog of products/services 4. To implement a Search button for products/services on a web page 5. Designing an order entry form for the product/service and giving acknowledgement to the customer for the placed order. 6. To implement a shopping cart. 7. To develop a Transaction(Payment) Processing web page for checking out the order 8. To send emails to the prospective/regular customers (Email Marketing) 9. Searching various CRM softwares and to study one of them in detail.

Page 128: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 128 -

10. Understanding different ways to increase the usability (popularity) of an E-Commerce Site. Implementation Strategy (Planning):

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan with the aid of Power Point Presentation. 2. Conduction of periodical test 3. Providing Home assignment for practice at home. 4. Providing case studies.

Reference Books:

1. E-commerce: Business, Technology, Society, Kenneth C. Laudon, Carol Guercio Traver, Pearson Prentice Hall 2. Gary P. Schneider, “Electronic Commerce”, Seventh Edition, CENGAGE Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 3. E-Commerce concepts, Models, Strategies – C S V Moorthy –Himalaya Publications 4. Frontiers Of Electronic Commerce, Kalakota, Pearson Education India

Reference URL:

1. http://www.htmlgoodies.com/beyond/webmaster/projects/electronic-commerce-tutorial.html 2. http://www.aksi.net/e-commerce-guide.htm 3. http://www.networksolutions.com/education/sell-online/

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 129: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 129 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16 E-Governance (160918)

(Theory= 100 Marks, T.W.= 50 Marks, Oral.= 50 Marks, Lecture 4/week ,Practical 2/week , Credit :6) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: E-Governance Code: 160918

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

E-Governance 4 2 -- 1,3 Hrs., 100 Mks. 30 70 50 -- 50 200 A* 160918 426

Objective: This course explains Basic concepts of e-Government, the range of information, services, and activities that comprise e-government. Good practice approaches, tools and techniques widely used for Managing e-Government, such as models e-Government, theories of evolution of e-Government, e-Government assessment models, BPRs and change management, Program management, etc. The role of Information and Communication Technology as an enabler for structural and process changes in government and public services organizations. The technical implementation, management, and security of e-government. The critical analysis and assessment of e-Government projects. Course Outcomes: The student will be able to-

1. Describe the concepts E-governance with different types of models and its challenges. 2. Implement E-governance using IT tools. 3. Compare different case studies and impact of E-governance

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction to E-Governance: (Periods-06 hrs, Mks-08)

1.1. An Overview 1.2. What is E-Governance 1.3. Why E-Governance? 1.4. E-Governance in India

1.5 Challenges 2. E-Governance Models (Periods-20 hrs, Mks-14)

2.1. G2C 2.2. G2B 2.3. G2G 2.4. G2E 2.5. Models based on types of Communication

3. E-Governance Design and Development (Periods-22 hrs, Mks-28) 3.1. System Lifecycle and Project Assessment 3.2. Design

3.2.1 Setting Objectives 3.2.2 Information Design 3.2.3 Technology Design 3.2.4 Process Design 3.2.5 Human System Design

3.3 Business Model 3.3.1 Operational Model

Page 130: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 130 -

3.3.2 Functional Model 3.3.3 Technological Model 3.3.4 Software Development Model 3.3.5 Infrastructure Model

4. IT Tools to implement E-Governance (Periods-08 hrs, Mks-28) 5. Case Studies (Periods-08 hrs, Mks-22)

5.1Bhumi 5.2 Gyandoot 5.3 Indian Railway 5.4 AICTR 5.5 Income Tax 5.6 Custom & Excise

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. Introduction to E-Governance 06 08 15 M 2. E-Governance Models 20 14 20 M 3. E-Governance Design and Development 22 28 30 E 4. IT Tools to implement E-Governance 08 28 20 E 5. Case Studies 08 22 15 M _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 64 100 100% # (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable) Section I 1. Introduction to E-Governance 2. E-Governance Models 3. E-Governance Design and Development

Section II 4. IT Tools to implement E-Governance: 5. Case Studies Total Theory Hours. = 64 hrs. Total Practicals Hours = 32 hrs List of Practicals : Term work shall consist of project report preparation on case studies mentioned in curriculum Students will study the case and prepare the report and will give demonstration on the same alongwith advantages /disadvantages during the practical sessions. Implementation Strategy (Planning):

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan with the aid of Power Point Presentation. 2. Conduction of periodical test 3. Providing Home assignment for practice 4. Providing case studies. 5. The project work shall be a group activity. 6. Each group (2 students) of students shall be expected to pick up either a successful E-Government project of national

importance, or a state of India as a whole; as the topic for the project. 7. The students shall gather information related to the selected topic from various sources. 8. Students shall be expected to apply the theories learned during the course to the project and arrive at their own conclusions

about the project along with justifications.

Reference Books: 1. E-Governance: Concepts and Case Studies CSR Problem PHI EEE publication 2. E-Governance 2.0 Policies, Processes and Technologies, TMH, Jaijit Bhattacharya 3. Implementing and managing E-Government., Richard Heeks, Vistaar Publications,India. 4. Digital government: Technology and Public Sector performance., West, Darell M.,

Princeton University Press. 5. Public Information Technology and e-Governance: Managing the Virtual State., Garson

G. David, Jones and Bartlett..

Page 131: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 131 -

6. E-Government: From vision to Implementation., Subhash Bhatnagar, Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd.

7. IT Experience in India: Bridging the Digital Divide., Kenneth Kenniston, Deepak Kumar, Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd.

8. .E-Governance Case Studies., Ashok Agarwal, University Press India. 9. Compendium of E-Governance Initiatives in India., Piyush Gupta, R. K. Bagga,

University Press India. 10. E-Government - The Science of the Possible., J Satyanarayana, Prentice Hall. 11. E-Governance . Concepts and Case Studies., C. S. R. Prabhu.

Web Reference:

1. www.it.iitb.ac.in/~prathabk/egovernance 2. www.negp.gov.in 3. www.arc.gov.in 4. www.cips.org.in

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 132: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 132 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘16 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT (168923)

(One Paper-03 Hrs, Marks-100, Lecture 2/ Week , Practical 2/week, Credit-3) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: Entrepreneurship Development Code: 168923

Group: M

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Entrepreneurship Development 2 1 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 -- -- -- 100 M 168923 213

Objectives:

The entrepreneurship development part of the subject consists of topics related to the development of entrepreneurship skills and other details such as selection of product lines, site selection, financial aspects, personnel management, quality control and creative thinking. The subject includes the case studies in the related field. Course Outcomes: The students will be able to:

1. Understand human science subjects intended to make aware about Entrepreneurship development 2. The basic concepts, principles and procedures related to the Entrepreneurship. 3. To expose the real life problems by case study and visits to the successful entrepreneurs.

Theory Contents: 1. The Concept of (Periods- 01hrs Marks:06)

1.1. Entrepreneurship 1.2. Entrepreneur 1.3. Opportunity 1.4. Innovations. 1.5. Characteristics of Entrepreneur

2. The Information Sources for Business Opportunity (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 2.1. The unexpected success failure 2.2. The incongruity 2.3. Innovations based on Process need 2.4. Change in Industrial structure 2.5. Demographics 2.6. Changes in perception mood and means. 2.7. New Knowledge scientific and non scientific 2.8. Discussion for sources.

3. Information Gathering Techniques (Periods-01hrs Marks:04) 4. Identification of Product or Services for Getting business (Periods- 02hrs Marks:04) 5. Principles of market Survey (Periods- 01hrs Marks:06) 6. Analysis of Survey data & Product Service design (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06)

Page 133: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 133 -

7. System concept & Project format based on Job design for Manufacturing Product of Creating service capabilities (Periods- 02hrs Marks:04) 7.1. System concept 7.2. Project formats 7.3. Job design

8. The Procedure of Estimation of Resources Required for Establishing (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 8.1. The Enterprise of Starting Service Business 8.2. Space. 8.3. Equipment 8.4. Human Resources 8.5. Financial Resources

9. The Procedures of Project Report Writing for Getting approval from Financial Agencies for Starting Enterprise or Service. (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 9.1. Project report Writing 9.2. Procedure for submitting project report to the firm.

10. The concept of Quality Resources, Preparation of Specification and Identification of specific need of Resources (Periods- 02hrs Marks:04)

11. Approach for Resources (Periods- 01hrs Marks:04) 12. Making Payments of Resources Received (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 13. The Concept of management of Enterprise (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 14. Production and Sale of Product/Passing the service Business (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 15. Concept of Budgeting/accounting of Expenditure, Budget preparation (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 16. Procedure of Accounting Expenditure (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 17. Preparation of Balance Sheet (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06) 18. Evaluation & Quality Control (Periods- 02hrs Marks:06)

18.1. Principles 18.2. Procedure

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage No. Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D 1. The Concept of Entrepreneurship 01 06 05 D 2. The Information Sources for 02 06 08 E Business Opportunity 3. Information Gathering Techniques 01 04 05 E 4. Identification of Product or Services 02 04 05 E for Getting business 5. Principles of market Survey 01 06 05 D 6. Analysis of Survey data & 02 06 05 E Product Service design 7. System concept & Project format 02 04 08 M 8. Procedure of Estimation of Resources 02 06 08 M 9. Procedures of Project Report Writing 02 06 05 E 10. Concept of Quality Resources 02 06 05 M 11. Approach for Resources 01 04 05 D 12. Making Payments of Resources Received 02 06 05 D 13. The Concept of management of Enterprise 02 06 05 M 14. Production and Sale of Product 02 06 05 D 15. Concept of Budgeting/accounting 02 06 05 E of Expenditure, Budget preparation 16. Procedure of Accounting Expenditure 02 06 05 E 17. Preparation of Balance Sheet 02 06 05 E 18. Evaluation & Quality control 02 06 06 E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total 32 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Page 134: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 134 -

Total Theory Hours = 32 hrs. Total Practical Hours = 16 hrs. Section I 1. Introduction 2. The Concept of Entrepreneurship 3. The Information Sources for Business Opportunity 4. Information Gathering Techniques 5. Identification of Product or Services for Getting business 6. Specification 7. Industries to be surveyed 8. Principles of market Survey 9. Analysis of Survey data & Product Service design 10. System concept & Project format Section II 11. Procedure of Estimation of Resources 12. Procedures of Project Report Writing 13. Concept of Quality Resources 14. Approach for Resources 15. Making Payments of Resources Received 16. The Concept of management of Enterprise 17. Production and Sale of Product 18. Concept of Budgeting/accounting of Expenditure 19. Budget preparation 20. Procedure of Accounting Expenditure 21. Preparation of Balance Sheet 22. Concept of Evaluation & Quality control 23. Principles of Evaluation & Quality Control 24. Procedure of Evaluation & Quality Control List of Practical:

1. Term work: Short reports on the information sources gathered form the newsletters, magazines or other literature. 2. Report on any one product/service, inclusive of its use, manufacturing qualities, trade names, etc. 3. Collection of data from at least five industries, report on data analysis 4. Preparation Of proforma project report and format of detail project report 5. Preparation of specifications for resources (sample specification) like land, building, machinery and manpower. 6. Collection of list of suppliers of building materials/construction machineries 7. Preparation of budget and balance sheet for small industry.(Industry to be selected from local area)

Implementation Strategy (Planning):

1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan with the aid of Power Point Presentation. 2. Conduction of periodical test 3. Providing Home assignment for practice at home

Reference Books: 1) Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development & Management (4th edition) by Shri Vasant Desai 2) Small scale Industries & Entrepreneurship (7th edition) by Shri Vasant Desai 3) Entrepreneurship Development (2nd edition) by S. S. Khanka Web References: 1. www.coursera.org

Page 135: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 135 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 136: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 136 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16 ADVANCED WEB TECHNOLOGY (160919)

(Theory= 100 Marks, T.W. = 25 Marks, Pr.= 50 Marks, Lecture 3/week , Practical 2/week, Tutorial- 1/week, Credit: 6) SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: Advanced Web Technology Code: 160919

Group: A*

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and

Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration &

Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lect

ure

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Term

w

ork

Prac

t. Ex

am

Ora

l

Tota

l

Advanced Web Technology 3 2 1 1,3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 50 -- 175 A* 160919 336

Objective: This syllabus helps students in developing dynamic Web pages & server side programming. This course provides overview of VB .net,ASP.net and ADO.net Course Outcomes: The student will be able to understand-

1. Use various tools used in dynamic web page designing & hosting of Web sites 2. Use GUI tools of .net framework. 3. Use basic and advance .net controls. 4. Build applications integrated with .net Framework. 5. Apply Database Controls to establish database connectivity.

Theory Contents: 1. Introduction: (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-14)

1.1. Why dot Net 1.2. Introduction to Microsoft .Net Framework. 1.3. Building blocks in .Net 1.4. Drawback of previous languages. 1.5. Understand what is .Net 1.6. VB.Net 1.7. VB.Net overview. 1.8. Difference between VB and VB.Net 1.9. Introduction to .Net 1.10. Types of application architecture. 1.11. Dot.Net initiative. 1.12. Dot.Net framework: components of .Net framework, 1.13. Advantages, requirement of .Net.

2. VB.NET: (Periods-08 hrs, Mks-14)

2.1. Introduction to VB.NET 2.2. Features 2.3. Variable, Constants and Operator 2.4. Procedure, functions and subroutines 2.5. Controlling program flow 2.6. Form Control

Page 137: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 137 -

2.7. Handling Errors and Exception 2.8. Implementation of OPP 2.9. Class basics, properties 2.10. Constructor and Destructor 2.11. Inheritance 2.12. Component based programming.

3. Introduction to ADO.Net and data manipulation in ADO.Net: (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-22)

3.1. Introduction to database. 3.2. Overview of data access on the web. 3.3. Overview of Basic SQL statements 3.4. Working with ADO.NET. 3.5. Accessing data using ADO.NET 3.6. Overview of ADO.NET Objects 3.7. Overview of ADO.NET Objects 3.8. Dataset and data reader. 3.9. Data table and Data row. 3.10. Web.config introduction. 3.11. Data Binding like Repeater. 3.12. Data List and Data Grid Controls. 3.13. Web .config introduction.

4. Introduction to ASP.Net (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-22)

4.1. The features of ASP.NET 4.2. Code structure of ASP.NET 4.3. Difference between ASP and ASP.Net 4.4. Introducing web forms 4.5. HTML control 4.6. Web control for displaying and formatting data 4.7. Controls for creating buttons, inputting Text and selecting choices 4.8. Web control for creating list. 4.9. Create ASP.NET application 4.10. Compilation in ASP.NET 4.11. Page directives 4.12. ASP.NET rich controls 4.13. Validation control 4.14. Data list controls

5. ASP.Net objects and components (Periods-05 hrs, Mks-14)

5.1. Features of DOT NET Framework Class Library. 5.2. Handling File Input/ Output and directories. 5.3. Object Creation. 5.4. Communication with server on the internet. 5.5. A simple TCP client application. 5.6. A simple TCP server application. 5.7. Manipulating XML data. 5.8. Crating session, Enabling disabling session.

6. From C++ to C#: (Periods-10 hrs, Mks-14)

6.1. A simple hello User program. 6.2. Primitive data type. 6.3. Member accessibility. 6.4. Field Initialization. 6.5. Type constructor. 6.6. Reference and value types. 6.7. Events. 6.8. Method parameters. 6.9. Error handling. 6.10. Implementation Inheritance. 6.11. Client –server Programming. 6.12. Interface Based programming.

Page 138: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 138 -

Sr. Main Topics No. of Marks Weightage Contact Hrs. % # M / E / D

1. Introduction 05 14 15 D 2. VB.NET 08 14 15 E

3. Introduction to ADO.Net and 10 22 20 E data manipulation in ADO.Net 4. Introduction to ASP.Net 10 22 20 M 5. ASP.Net objects and components 05 14 15 M 6. From C++ to C# 10 14 15 D

Total 48 100 100% #

(# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I 1. Introduction 2. VB.NET 3. Introduction to ADO.Net and data manipulation in ADO.Net

Section II 4. Introduction to ASP.Net 5. ASP.Net objects and components 6. From C++ to C#

Total Theory Hrs. = 48 hrs Total Practical Hrs. = 32 hrs. List of Practical 1. Study of various features of vb.net 2. Implement a program using conditional logic(if then, select case statement,) 3. Implement a program using various loops(for, do loop etc.) 4. Implementing the visual stack program 5. Implement a program using string manipulation(trim method instr method) 6. Implement a program to open a text file , write student records ,save and edit using vb.net 7. Implement a program to create a method in own class using vb.net 8. Implement a program to establish a connection between dataset and front end for Oracle using ADO.net 9. Implementation of program with asp.net data binding controls 10. Implementation of program with asp.net database –database connection –bind to adatalist control 11. Implementation of program with asp.net database –database connection –bind to repeater control. 12. Implementation of program with asp.net Web controls. 13. Implementation of program with asp.net Web Forms with an array list 14. Display the data from the XML file. 15. Create a webpage with the use of Data Grid linked with database. 16. Create a web page using ASP.NET and show the use of session in it. 17. Create a web page using ASP.NET with proper validation on each components 18. Write a program to show Form based Authentication 19. Show the use of mail messaging with the help of ASP.net 20. Create an ASP.NET application to show the various use of HTML controls.

Implementation Strategy (Planning): 1. Conducting lectures as per the teaching plan with the aid of Power Point Presentation and conduction tutorials. 2. Conduction of periodical test 3. Help the students determine whether they have completed the necessary academic preparation for the subject. 4. Providing home assignment for practice at home 5. Giving mini projects for short duration.

Reference Books:

1. The complete reference ASP.NET- by Matthew Macdonald 2. The complete Reference Visual Basic. Net- by Jereny Shapiro 3. C# 3.0 The complete Reference – By Herbert Sehildt

Reference URL:

1. http://www.onlinewebtutorials.com 2. http://www.w3school.com

Page 139: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 139 -

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

Page 140: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 140 -

w .e. f. batch admitted in June ‘ 16

Wireless Network (160920) (Theory= 100 Marks, T.W.= 25 Marks, Oral= 50 Marks, Lecture 2/week ,Practical 4/week , Credit :6)

SUBJECT DETAILS:

Course: Information Technology Semester: VI

Subject: Wireless Network Code: 160920

Group: A

Teaching And Examination Scheme:

Subject

Scheme of Instructions and Periods per week No. of

Papers, duration & Marks

Scheme of Examination

Group Detailed Syllabus Ref. No.

Sche

me

L.P

r./C

r.

Lec

ture

Prac

t. or

D

rg.

Tuto

rial

Sess

iona

l W

ork

Pape

r

Ter

m

wor

k Pr

act.

Exam

Ora

l

Tota

l

Wireless Network 2 4 -- 1, 3 Hrs.,

100 Mks. 30 70 25 -- 50 175 A 160920 246

Objective: This course is intended to give students an outline of how wireless communication and computer networks work "above the

physical layer". This includes the interoperability of wireless networks such as WiMax/GPRS and WiFi & wireless network propagation models .Students understand the state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures and applications. Analyze existing network protocols and networks. Develop new protocols in networking to understand emerging trends in networking. Course Outcomes:

1. Configure and diagnose basic wireless network connectivity 2. Describe various radio propagation modes and multiple access techniques/protocols 3. Analyse ,configure and compare various wireless routing protocols 4. Describe different wireless technologies , Evaluate a Wireless network on basis of emerging industry standard

Theory Contents:

1. Introduction to wireless network architectures: (Periods-05 hrs. Mks-14) 1.1. Cellular networks 1.2. wireless local area networks 1.3. multi-hop networks 1.4. wireless PAN/LAN/MAN 1.5. mobile ad-hoc and sensor networks,

2. Radio propagation models, (Periods-05 hrs. Mks-14) 2.1. Narrowband digital modulation 2.2. Multiple division techniques: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, OFDM, SDMA 2.3. Cellular concept, frequency reuse, cell splitting, cell sectoring

3. Multiple radio access protocols and division techniques: (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-22) 3.1. CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA 3.2. FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, OFDM, SDMA 3.3. Randomized medium access. Channel allocation in (TDMA/FDMA/CDMA-based) wireless networks under the protocol

model. 4. Introduction to wireless network routing. (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-22)

4.1. Ad-hoc networks, routing in MANETs 4.2. routing in MANETs 4.3. AODV and OLSR protocols for mobile ad-hoc networks 4.4. Opportunistic routing and Cooperative Routing: 4.5. routing in sensor networks, MAC protocols for wireless sensor networks, routing in sensor networks

5. Wireless technologies (Periods-04 hrs. Mks-12)

Page 141: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 141 -

5.1. Wireless PAN (Bluetooth), 5.2. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi), 5.3. Wireless MAN (WiMAX) 5.4. MAC protocols for wireless sensor networks 5.5. TCP over wireless networks, Wireless Congestion Control.

6. Emerging industry standards (Periods-06 hrs. Mks-16)

6.1. 4G Cellular 6.2. IEEE 802.11p, 6.3. WPAN protocols 6.4. WSN network architecture, protocols.

Sr. No.

Main Topics No. of Contact Hrs.

Marks Weightage %

# M / E / D

1. Introduction to wireless network architectures

05 14 14 E

2. Radio propagation models 05 14 14 E 3. Multiple radio access protocols and division

techniques: 06 22 22 M

4. Introduction to wireless network routing 06 22 25 M 5. Wireless technologies 04 12 10 E 6. Emerging industry standards 06 16 15 E TOTAL 32 100 100%

# (# M=Most Essential, E=Essential, D=Desirable)

Section I

1. Introduction to wireless network architectures 2. Radio propagation models 3. Multiple radio access protocols and division techniques: Section II 4. Introduction to wireless network routing 5. Wireless technologies 6. Emerging industry standards Total Theory Hours. = 32 hrs. Total Practicals Hours = 64 hrs List of Practicals:

1. Installation of NS2 on a PC having Unix/Linux operating system 2. Simulation using ns2 3. Using NAM 4. Using trace files 5. Setting up wireless network using NS2 6. Mini project on NS2

Implementation Strategy (Planning):

In depth study and understanding of the subject will be implemented by adoption of the following strategy :

1. Theory topics and practice experiments should be done simultaneously. This will help the students to understand the topics. Hands on practice in the laboratory.

2. Question papers for the periodical test should cover the topics which have been taught. To test the understanding. 3. Termwork plan for practical implementation. 4. Mini Project

Reference Books:

Page 142: Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai …sbmp.ac.in/Common/Uploads/DMS/IT_2016_rev.pdf · - 1 - Shri Vile Parle Kelavani Mandal’s Shri Bhagubhai Mafatlal Polytechnic

- 142 -

1. Wireless Communications and Networks by William Stallings , 2. Wireless Networking Absolute Beginner's Guide 1st Edition by Michael Miller , 3. Wireless Communication by T L Singal , 4. Data communication by Behrouz A. Forouzan

Web Reference:

1. Wireless LAN Association, http://www.wlana.org/ 2. Personal Communications Industry Association (PCIA), http://www.pcia.com/ 3. Global mobile Suppliers Association ( GSA ), http://www.gsacom.com/ 4. Institute For Wireless Education, http://www.iwe.org/ 5. Wireless Communications Alliance (WCA), http://www.wca.org/ 6. Industrial Telecommunications Association, http://www.ita-relay.com/ 7. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA), http://www.imsasafety.org/fc/frontpage.htm 8. Small Business in Telecommunications (SBT), http://www.sbthome.org/ 9. Mobile Satellite Users Association, http://www.msua.org/ 10. The Society of Wireless Pioneers, Inc., http://www.sowp.org/ 11. Association of Wireless Technology, http://www.aowt.org/ 12. http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/802/

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN

Que. No. Section I Section II Periodical Test

Bits Marks Bits Marks Bits Marks 1. Any 6 out of 8

(3 Marks each) 18 - - Any 4 out of 5

(4 Marks each) 16

2. Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (6 Marks each)

06

3. Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - - Any 1 out of 2 (8 Marks each)

08

4. - - Any 6 out of 8 (3 Marks each)

18 - -

5. - - Any 4 out of 6 (4 Marks each)

16 - -

6. - - Any 2 out of 3 (8 Marks each)

16 - -

Total - 50 - 50 - 30

For Award of Diploma under Multipoint Entry & Credit System, the student / candidate has to earn total 180 credits including compulsory subjects out of total available 226 credits from 44 subjects. The examination pattern / scheme will be same as per the other diploma examination of this institute. The Final Award of Grade will be given on the basis of marks obtained in the final year of Computer Engineering i.e. V & VI Semester under grade point average scheme / criteria / norms as laid down in the MPE&C System.